1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG.
2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
6 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1):
8 if isinstance(value
, class_type
):
9 self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
.this
10 if hasattr(value
,"thisown"): self
.__dict
__["thisown"] = value
.thisown
13 method
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None)
14 if method
: return method(self
,value
)
15 if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
) or (name
== "thisown"):
16 self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
18 raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
)
20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
):
21 return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0)
23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
):
24 method
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None)
25 if method
: return method(self
)
26 raise AttributeError,name
30 _object
= types
.ObjectType
32 except AttributeError:
38 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
39 def set_attr(self
,name
,value
):
40 if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name
in ("this", "thisown")):
43 raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
)
47 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
49 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars())
51 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
54 wx
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
]
57 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
59 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None):
61 Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
62 before calling the callable.
65 msg
= "%s is deprecated" % callable
66 def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
):
68 warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2)
69 return callable(*args
, **kwargs
)
70 deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
71 return deprecatedWrapper
74 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
76 NOT_FOUND
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
77 VSCROLL
= _core_
.VSCROLL
78 HSCROLL
= _core_
.HSCROLL
79 CAPTION
= _core_
.CAPTION
80 DOUBLE_BORDER
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
81 SUNKEN_BORDER
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
82 RAISED_BORDER
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
83 BORDER
= _core_
.BORDER
84 SIMPLE_BORDER
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
85 STATIC_BORDER
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
86 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
87 NO_BORDER
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
88 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
89 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
90 TAB_TRAVERSAL
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
91 WANTS_CHARS
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
92 POPUP_WINDOW
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
93 CENTER_FRAME
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
94 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
95 CENTER_ON_SCREEN
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
96 CLIP_CHILDREN
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
97 CLIP_SIBLINGS
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
98 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
99 RETAINED
= _core_
.RETAINED
100 BACKINGSTORE
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
101 COLOURED
= _core_
.COLOURED
102 FIXED_LENGTH
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
103 LB_NEEDED_SB
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
104 LB_ALWAYS_SB
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
105 LB_SORT
= _core_
.LB_SORT
106 LB_SINGLE
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
107 LB_MULTIPLE
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
108 LB_EXTENDED
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
109 LB_OWNERDRAW
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
110 LB_HSCROLL
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
111 PROCESS_ENTER
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
112 PASSWORD
= _core_
.PASSWORD
113 CB_SIMPLE
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
114 CB_DROPDOWN
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
115 CB_SORT
= _core_
.CB_SORT
116 CB_READONLY
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
117 RA_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
118 RA_VERTICAL
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
119 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
120 RA_SPECIFY_COLS
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
121 RA_USE_CHECKBOX
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
122 RB_GROUP
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
123 RB_SINGLE
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
124 SB_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
125 SB_VERTICAL
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
126 RB_USE_CHECKBOX
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
127 ST_SIZEGRIP
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
128 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
129 FLOOD_SURFACE
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
130 FLOOD_BORDER
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
131 ODDEVEN_RULE
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
132 WINDING_RULE
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
133 TOOL_TOP
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
134 TOOL_BOTTOM
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
135 TOOL_LEFT
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
136 TOOL_RIGHT
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
138 YES_NO
= _core_
.YES_NO
139 CANCEL
= _core_
.CANCEL
142 NO_DEFAULT
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
143 YES_DEFAULT
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
144 ICON_EXCLAMATION
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
145 ICON_HAND
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
146 ICON_QUESTION
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
147 ICON_INFORMATION
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
148 ICON_STOP
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
149 ICON_ASTERISK
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
150 ICON_MASK
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
151 ICON_WARNING
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
152 ICON_ERROR
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
153 FORWARD
= _core_
.FORWARD
154 BACKWARD
= _core_
.BACKWARD
159 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
160 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
161 SIZE_AUTO
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
162 SIZE_USE_EXISTING
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
163 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
164 PORTRAIT
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
165 LANDSCAPE
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
166 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
167 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
168 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
169 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
170 ID_ANY
= _core_
.ID_ANY
171 ID_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
172 ID_LOWEST
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
173 ID_OPEN
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
174 ID_CLOSE
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
175 ID_NEW
= _core_
.ID_NEW
176 ID_SAVE
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
177 ID_SAVEAS
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
178 ID_REVERT
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
179 ID_EXIT
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
180 ID_UNDO
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
181 ID_REDO
= _core_
.ID_REDO
182 ID_HELP
= _core_
.ID_HELP
183 ID_PRINT
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
184 ID_PRINT_SETUP
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
185 ID_PREVIEW
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
186 ID_ABOUT
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
187 ID_HELP_CONTENTS
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
188 ID_HELP_COMMANDS
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
189 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
190 ID_HELP_CONTEXT
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
191 ID_CLOSE_ALL
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
192 ID_PREFERENCES
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
193 ID_CUT
= _core_
.ID_CUT
194 ID_COPY
= _core_
.ID_COPY
195 ID_PASTE
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
196 ID_CLEAR
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
197 ID_FIND
= _core_
.ID_FIND
198 ID_DUPLICATE
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
199 ID_SELECTALL
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
200 ID_DELETE
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
201 ID_REPLACE
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
202 ID_REPLACE_ALL
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
203 ID_PROPERTIES
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
204 ID_VIEW_DETAILS
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
205 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
206 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
207 ID_VIEW_LIST
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
208 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
209 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
210 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
211 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
212 ID_FILE1
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
213 ID_FILE2
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
214 ID_FILE3
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
215 ID_FILE4
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
216 ID_FILE5
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
217 ID_FILE6
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
218 ID_FILE7
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
219 ID_FILE8
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
220 ID_FILE9
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
222 ID_CANCEL
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
223 ID_APPLY
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
224 ID_YES
= _core_
.ID_YES
226 ID_STATIC
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
227 ID_FORWARD
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
228 ID_BACKWARD
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
229 ID_DEFAULT
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
230 ID_MORE
= _core_
.ID_MORE
231 ID_SETUP
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
232 ID_RESET
= _core_
.ID_RESET
233 ID_CONTEXT_HELP
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
234 ID_YESTOALL
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
235 ID_NOTOALL
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
236 ID_ABORT
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
237 ID_RETRY
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
238 ID_IGNORE
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
239 ID_ADD
= _core_
.ID_ADD
240 ID_REMOVE
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
242 ID_DOWN
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
243 ID_HOME
= _core_
.ID_HOME
244 ID_REFRESH
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
245 ID_STOP
= _core_
.ID_STOP
246 ID_INDEX
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
247 ID_BOLD
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
248 ID_ITALIC
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
249 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
250 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
251 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
252 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
253 ID_UNDERLINE
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
254 ID_INDENT
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
255 ID_UNINDENT
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
256 ID_ZOOM_100
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
257 ID_ZOOM_FIT
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
258 ID_ZOOM_IN
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
259 ID_ZOOM_OUT
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
260 ID_UNDELETE
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
261 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
262 ID_HIGHEST
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
265 HIDE_READONLY
= _core_
.HIDE_READONLY
266 OVERWRITE_PROMPT
= _core_
.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
267 FILE_MUST_EXIST
= _core_
.FILE_MUST_EXIST
268 MULTIPLE
= _core_
.MULTIPLE
269 CHANGE_DIR
= _core_
.CHANGE_DIR
270 ACCEL_ALT
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
271 ACCEL_CTRL
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
272 ACCEL_SHIFT
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
273 ACCEL_NORMAL
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
274 PD_AUTO_HIDE
= _core_
.PD_AUTO_HIDE
275 PD_APP_MODAL
= _core_
.PD_APP_MODAL
276 PD_CAN_ABORT
= _core_
.PD_CAN_ABORT
277 PD_ELAPSED_TIME
= _core_
.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
278 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
= _core_
.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
279 PD_REMAINING_TIME
= _core_
.PD_REMAINING_TIME
280 PD_SMOOTH
= _core_
.PD_SMOOTH
281 PD_CAN_SKIP
= _core_
.PD_CAN_SKIP
282 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
= _core_
.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
283 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
= _core_
.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
284 MENU_TEAROFF
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
285 MB_DOCKABLE
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
286 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
287 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
288 LI_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
289 LI_VERTICAL
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
290 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
291 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
292 WS_EX_TRANSIENT
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
293 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
294 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
295 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
296 MM_TEXT
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
297 MM_LOMETRIC
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
298 MM_HIMETRIC
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
299 MM_LOENGLISH
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
300 MM_HIENGLISH
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
301 MM_TWIPS
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
302 MM_ISOTROPIC
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
303 MM_ANISOTROPIC
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
304 MM_POINTS
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
305 MM_METRIC
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
306 CENTRE
= _core_
.CENTRE
307 CENTER
= _core_
.CENTER
308 HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
309 VERTICAL
= _core_
.VERTICAL
316 BOTTOM
= _core_
.BOTTOM
322 ALIGN_NOT
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
323 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
324 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
325 ALIGN_LEFT
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
326 ALIGN_TOP
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
327 ALIGN_RIGHT
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
328 ALIGN_BOTTOM
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
329 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
330 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
331 ALIGN_CENTER
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
332 ALIGN_CENTRE
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
333 ALIGN_MASK
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
334 STRETCH_NOT
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
335 SHRINK
= _core_
.SHRINK
337 EXPAND
= _core_
.EXPAND
338 SHAPED
= _core_
.SHAPED
339 FIXED_MINSIZE
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
341 ADJUST_MINSIZE
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
342 BORDER_DEFAULT
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
343 BORDER_NONE
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
344 BORDER_STATIC
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
345 BORDER_SIMPLE
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
346 BORDER_RAISED
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
347 BORDER_SUNKEN
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
348 BORDER_DOUBLE
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
349 BORDER_MASK
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
350 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
351 BG_STYLE_COLOUR
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
352 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
353 DEFAULT
= _core_
.DEFAULT
354 DECORATIVE
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
356 SCRIPT
= _core_
.SCRIPT
358 MODERN
= _core_
.MODERN
359 TELETYPE
= _core_
.TELETYPE
360 VARIABLE
= _core_
.VARIABLE
362 NORMAL
= _core_
.NORMAL
365 ITALIC
= _core_
.ITALIC
369 LONG_DASH
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
370 SHORT_DASH
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
371 DOT_DASH
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
372 USER_DASH
= _core_
.USER_DASH
373 TRANSPARENT
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
374 STIPPLE
= _core_
.STIPPLE
375 STIPPLE_MASK
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
376 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
377 BDIAGONAL_HATCH
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
378 CROSSDIAG_HATCH
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
379 FDIAGONAL_HATCH
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
380 CROSS_HATCH
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
381 HORIZONTAL_HATCH
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
382 VERTICAL_HATCH
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
383 JOIN_BEVEL
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
384 JOIN_MITER
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
385 JOIN_ROUND
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
386 CAP_ROUND
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
387 CAP_PROJECTING
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
388 CAP_BUTT
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
391 INVERT
= _core_
.INVERT
392 OR_REVERSE
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
393 AND_REVERSE
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
396 AND_INVERT
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
400 SRC_INVERT
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
401 OR_INVERT
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
405 WXK_BACK
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
406 WXK_TAB
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
407 WXK_RETURN
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
408 WXK_ESCAPE
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
409 WXK_SPACE
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
410 WXK_DELETE
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
411 WXK_START
= _core_
.WXK_START
412 WXK_LBUTTON
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
413 WXK_RBUTTON
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
414 WXK_CANCEL
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
415 WXK_MBUTTON
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
416 WXK_CLEAR
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
417 WXK_SHIFT
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
418 WXK_ALT
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
419 WXK_CONTROL
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
420 WXK_MENU
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
421 WXK_PAUSE
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
422 WXK_CAPITAL
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
423 WXK_PRIOR
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
424 WXK_NEXT
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
425 WXK_END
= _core_
.WXK_END
426 WXK_HOME
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
427 WXK_LEFT
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
428 WXK_UP
= _core_
.WXK_UP
429 WXK_RIGHT
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
430 WXK_DOWN
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
431 WXK_SELECT
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
432 WXK_PRINT
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
433 WXK_EXECUTE
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
434 WXK_SNAPSHOT
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
435 WXK_INSERT
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
436 WXK_HELP
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
437 WXK_NUMPAD0
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
438 WXK_NUMPAD1
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
439 WXK_NUMPAD2
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
440 WXK_NUMPAD3
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
441 WXK_NUMPAD4
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
442 WXK_NUMPAD5
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
443 WXK_NUMPAD6
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
444 WXK_NUMPAD7
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
445 WXK_NUMPAD8
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
446 WXK_NUMPAD9
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
447 WXK_MULTIPLY
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
448 WXK_ADD
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
449 WXK_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
450 WXK_SUBTRACT
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
451 WXK_DECIMAL
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
452 WXK_DIVIDE
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
453 WXK_F1
= _core_
.WXK_F1
454 WXK_F2
= _core_
.WXK_F2
455 WXK_F3
= _core_
.WXK_F3
456 WXK_F4
= _core_
.WXK_F4
457 WXK_F5
= _core_
.WXK_F5
458 WXK_F6
= _core_
.WXK_F6
459 WXK_F7
= _core_
.WXK_F7
460 WXK_F8
= _core_
.WXK_F8
461 WXK_F9
= _core_
.WXK_F9
462 WXK_F10
= _core_
.WXK_F10
463 WXK_F11
= _core_
.WXK_F11
464 WXK_F12
= _core_
.WXK_F12
465 WXK_F13
= _core_
.WXK_F13
466 WXK_F14
= _core_
.WXK_F14
467 WXK_F15
= _core_
.WXK_F15
468 WXK_F16
= _core_
.WXK_F16
469 WXK_F17
= _core_
.WXK_F17
470 WXK_F18
= _core_
.WXK_F18
471 WXK_F19
= _core_
.WXK_F19
472 WXK_F20
= _core_
.WXK_F20
473 WXK_F21
= _core_
.WXK_F21
474 WXK_F22
= _core_
.WXK_F22
475 WXK_F23
= _core_
.WXK_F23
476 WXK_F24
= _core_
.WXK_F24
477 WXK_NUMLOCK
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
478 WXK_SCROLL
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
479 WXK_PAGEUP
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
480 WXK_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
481 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
482 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
483 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
484 WXK_NUMPAD_F1
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
485 WXK_NUMPAD_F2
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
486 WXK_NUMPAD_F3
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
487 WXK_NUMPAD_F4
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
488 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
489 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
490 WXK_NUMPAD_UP
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
491 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
492 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
493 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
494 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
495 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
497 WXK_NUMPAD_END
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
498 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
499 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
500 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
501 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
502 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
503 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
504 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
505 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
506 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
507 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
508 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
509 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
510 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
511 WXK_COMMAND
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
512 WXK_SPECIAL1
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
513 WXK_SPECIAL2
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
514 WXK_SPECIAL3
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
515 WXK_SPECIAL4
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
516 WXK_SPECIAL5
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
517 WXK_SPECIAL6
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
518 WXK_SPECIAL7
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
519 WXK_SPECIAL8
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
520 WXK_SPECIAL9
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
521 WXK_SPECIAL10
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
522 WXK_SPECIAL11
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
523 WXK_SPECIAL12
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
524 WXK_SPECIAL13
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
525 WXK_SPECIAL14
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
526 WXK_SPECIAL15
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
527 WXK_SPECIAL16
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
528 WXK_SPECIAL17
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
529 WXK_SPECIAL18
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
530 WXK_SPECIAL19
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
531 WXK_SPECIAL20
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
532 PAPER_NONE
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
533 PAPER_LETTER
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
534 PAPER_LEGAL
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
535 PAPER_A4
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
536 PAPER_CSHEET
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
537 PAPER_DSHEET
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
538 PAPER_ESHEET
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
539 PAPER_LETTERSMALL
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
540 PAPER_TABLOID
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
541 PAPER_LEDGER
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
542 PAPER_STATEMENT
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
543 PAPER_EXECUTIVE
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
544 PAPER_A3
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
545 PAPER_A4SMALL
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
546 PAPER_A5
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
547 PAPER_B4
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
548 PAPER_B5
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
549 PAPER_FOLIO
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
550 PAPER_QUARTO
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
551 PAPER_10X14
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
552 PAPER_11X17
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
553 PAPER_NOTE
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
554 PAPER_ENV_9
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
555 PAPER_ENV_10
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
556 PAPER_ENV_11
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
557 PAPER_ENV_12
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
558 PAPER_ENV_14
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
559 PAPER_ENV_DL
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
560 PAPER_ENV_C5
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
561 PAPER_ENV_C3
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
562 PAPER_ENV_C4
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
563 PAPER_ENV_C6
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
564 PAPER_ENV_C65
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
565 PAPER_ENV_B4
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
566 PAPER_ENV_B5
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
567 PAPER_ENV_B6
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
568 PAPER_ENV_ITALY
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
569 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
570 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
571 PAPER_FANFOLD_US
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
572 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
573 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
574 PAPER_ISO_B4
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
575 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
576 PAPER_9X11
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
577 PAPER_10X11
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
578 PAPER_15X11
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
579 PAPER_ENV_INVITE
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
580 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
581 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
582 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
583 PAPER_A4_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
584 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
585 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
586 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
587 PAPER_A_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
588 PAPER_B_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
589 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
590 PAPER_A4_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
591 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
592 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
593 PAPER_A3_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
594 PAPER_A5_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
595 PAPER_B5_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
596 PAPER_A2
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
597 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
598 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
599 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
600 PAPER_A6
= _core_
.PAPER_A6
601 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
602 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
603 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
604 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
605 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
606 PAPER_A3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
607 PAPER_A4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
608 PAPER_A5_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
609 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
610 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
611 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
612 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
613 PAPER_A6_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
614 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
615 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
616 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
617 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
618 PAPER_B6_JIS
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS
619 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
620 PAPER_12X11
= _core_
.PAPER_12X11
621 PAPER_JENV_YOU4
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
622 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
623 PAPER_P16K
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K
624 PAPER_P32K
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K
625 PAPER_P32KBIG
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG
626 PAPER_PENV_1
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1
627 PAPER_PENV_2
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2
628 PAPER_PENV_3
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3
629 PAPER_PENV_4
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4
630 PAPER_PENV_5
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5
631 PAPER_PENV_6
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6
632 PAPER_PENV_7
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7
633 PAPER_PENV_8
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8
634 PAPER_PENV_9
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9
635 PAPER_PENV_10
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10
636 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
637 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
638 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
639 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
640 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
641 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
642 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
643 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
644 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
645 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
646 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
647 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
648 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
649 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
650 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
651 DUPLEX_VERTICAL
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
652 ITEM_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
653 ITEM_NORMAL
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
654 ITEM_CHECK
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
655 ITEM_RADIO
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
656 ITEM_MAX
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
657 HT_NOWHERE
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
658 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
659 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
660 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
663 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
664 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
665 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
666 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
667 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
668 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
669 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
670 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
671 HT_WINDOW_CORNER
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
672 HT_MAX
= _core_
.HT_MAX
673 MOD_NONE
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
674 MOD_ALT
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
675 MOD_CONTROL
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
676 MOD_SHIFT
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
677 MOD_WIN
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
678 UPDATE_UI_NONE
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
681 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
683 class Object(object):
685 The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
686 much functionality is needed nor exposed.
688 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
690 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxObject instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
691 def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
):
693 GetClassName(self) -> String
695 Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
697 return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
)
699 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
703 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
705 return _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
708 class ObjectPtr(Object
):
709 def __init__(self
, this
):
711 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
712 self
.__class
__ = Object
713 _core_
.Object_swigregister(ObjectPtr
)
714 _wxPySetDictionary
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
716 _wxPyFixStockObjects
= _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
719 EmptyString
= cvar
.EmptyString
721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
723 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
724 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
725 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
726 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
728 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
730 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
731 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
732 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
733 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
734 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
736 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
737 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
738 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
740 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
741 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
743 CURSOR_NONE
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
744 CURSOR_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
745 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
746 CURSOR_BULLSEYE
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
747 CURSOR_CHAR
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
748 CURSOR_CROSS
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
749 CURSOR_HAND
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
750 CURSOR_IBEAM
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
751 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
752 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
753 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
754 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
755 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
756 CURSOR_PENCIL
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
757 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
758 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
759 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
760 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
761 CURSOR_SIZENESW
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
762 CURSOR_SIZENS
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
763 CURSOR_SIZENWSE
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
764 CURSOR_SIZEWE
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
765 CURSOR_SIZING
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
766 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
767 CURSOR_WAIT
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
768 CURSOR_WATCH
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
769 CURSOR_BLANK
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
770 CURSOR_DEFAULT
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
771 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
772 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
773 CURSOR_MAX
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
774 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
778 wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
779 something. It simply contians integer width and height
780 proprtites. In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
781 expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
784 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
785 width
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
)
786 height
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
)
787 x
= width
; y
= height
788 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
790 __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
792 Creates a size object.
794 newobj
= _core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
)
795 self
.this
= newobj
.this
798 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Size
):
801 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
804 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
806 __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool
808 Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
810 return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
812 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
814 __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool
818 return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
820 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
822 __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
824 Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
826 return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
828 def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
830 __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
832 Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
834 return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
836 def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
):
840 Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
841 than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
843 return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
)
845 def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
):
849 Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
850 than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
852 return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
)
854 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
856 Set(self, int w, int h)
858 Set both width and height.
860 return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
862 def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
863 """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
864 return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
866 def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
867 """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
868 return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
870 def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
871 """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
872 return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
874 def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
875 """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
876 return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
878 def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
):
880 IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
882 Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
884 return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
)
886 def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
):
888 SetDefaults(self, Size size)
890 Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
891 of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
893 return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
)
895 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
897 Get() -> (width,height)
899 Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
901 return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
903 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
904 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
905 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get())
906 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
907 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
908 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
909 if index
== 0: self
.width
= val
910 elif index
== 1: self
.height
= val
911 else: raise IndexError
912 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
913 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
914 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get())
918 def __init__(self
, this
):
920 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
921 self
.__class
__ = Size
922 _core_
.Size_swigregister(SizePtr
)
924 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
926 class RealPoint(object):
928 A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
929 point x and y properties. In wxPython most places that expect a
930 wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
933 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRealPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
934 x
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
)
935 y
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
)
936 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
938 __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
940 Create a wx.RealPoint object
942 newobj
= _core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
943 self
.this
= newobj
.this
946 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_RealPoint
):
949 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
952 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
954 __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
956 Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
958 return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
960 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
962 __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
964 Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
966 return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
968 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
970 __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
972 Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
974 return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
976 def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
978 __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
980 Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
982 return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
984 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
986 Set(self, double x, double y)
988 Set both the x and y properties
990 return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
992 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
996 Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
998 return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1000 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1001 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1002 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get())
1003 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1004 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1005 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1006 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1007 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1008 else: raise IndexError
1009 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1010 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1011 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get())
1014 class RealPointPtr(RealPoint
):
1015 def __init__(self
, this
):
1017 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1018 self
.__class
__ = RealPoint
1019 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPointPtr
)
1021 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1023 class Point(object):
1025 A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1026 and y properties. Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1027 also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1030 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1031 x
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
)
1032 y
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
)
1033 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1035 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1037 Create a wx.Point object
1039 newobj
= _core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
)
1040 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1043 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Point
):
1046 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1049 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1051 __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1053 Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1055 return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1057 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1059 __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1061 Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1063 return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1065 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1067 __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1069 Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1071 return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1073 def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1075 __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1077 Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1079 return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1081 def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1083 __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1085 Add pt to this object.
1087 return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1089 def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1091 __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1093 Subtract pt from this object.
1095 return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1097 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
1099 Set(self, long x, long y)
1101 Set both the x and y properties
1103 return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
1105 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
1109 Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1111 return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1113 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1114 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1115 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get())
1116 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1117 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1118 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1119 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1120 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1121 else: raise IndexError
1122 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
1123 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1124 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get())
1127 class PointPtr(Point
):
1128 def __init__(self
, this
):
1130 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1131 self
.__class
__ = Point
1132 _core_
.Point_swigregister(PointPtr
)
1134 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1138 A class for representing and manipulating rectangles. It has x, y,
1139 width and height properties. In wxPython most palces that expect a
1140 wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1143 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRect instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1144 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1146 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1148 Create a new Rect object.
1150 newobj
= _core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
)
1151 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1154 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Rect
):
1157 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1160 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
1161 """GetX(self) -> int"""
1162 return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
1164 def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
1165 """SetX(self, int x)"""
1166 return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
1168 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1169 """GetY(self) -> int"""
1170 return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1172 def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1173 """SetY(self, int y)"""
1174 return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1176 def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
1177 """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1178 return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
1180 def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
1181 """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1182 return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
1184 def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1185 """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1186 return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1188 def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1189 """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1190 return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1192 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
1193 """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1194 return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
1196 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
1197 """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1198 return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
1200 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
1201 """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1202 return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
1204 def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
1205 """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1206 return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
1208 def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
):
1209 """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1210 return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
)
1212 def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1213 """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1214 return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1216 def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1217 """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1218 return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1220 def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1221 """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1222 return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1224 def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1225 """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1226 return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1228 def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1229 """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1230 return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1232 def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
1233 """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1234 return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
1236 def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
):
1237 """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1238 return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
)
1240 def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1241 """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1242 return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1244 def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1245 """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1246 return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1248 def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1249 """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1250 return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1252 def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
1253 """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1254 return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
1256 def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
):
1257 """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1258 return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
)
1260 position
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
)
1261 size
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
)
1262 left
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
)
1263 right
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
)
1264 top
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
)
1265 bottom
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
)
1267 def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
):
1269 Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1271 Increases the size of the rectangle.
1273 The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1274 farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1275 bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1276 height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1277 respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1278 opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1281 The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1282 copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1285 copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1290 return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
)
1292 def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
):
1294 Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1296 Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1297 in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b). Please refer to
1298 `Inflate` for a full description.
1300 return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
)
1302 def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1304 OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1306 Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1307 rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1308 bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1310 return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1312 def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
):
1314 Offset(self, Point pt)
1316 Same as OffsetXY but uses dx,dy from Point
1318 return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
)
1320 def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
):
1322 Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1324 Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1326 return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
)
1328 def Union(*args
, **kwargs
):
1330 Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1332 Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1334 return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
)
1336 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1338 __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1340 Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1342 return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1344 def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1346 __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1348 Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1350 return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1352 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1354 __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1358 return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1360 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1362 __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1364 Test for inequality.
1366 return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1368 def InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1370 InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1372 Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1374 return _core_
.Rect_InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1376 def Inside(*args
, **kwargs
):
1378 Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1380 Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1382 return _core_
.Rect_Inside(*args
, **kwargs
)
1384 def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
):
1386 Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1388 Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1390 return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
)
1392 x
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
)
1393 y
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
)
1394 width
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
)
1395 height
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
)
1396 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
1398 Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1400 Set all rectangle properties.
1402 return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
1404 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
1406 Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1408 Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1410 return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1412 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1413 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1414 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get())
1415 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1416 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1417 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1418 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1419 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1420 elif index
== 2: self
.width
= val
1421 elif index
== 3: self
.height
= val
1422 else: raise IndexError
1423 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1424 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1425 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get())
1428 class RectPtr(Rect
):
1429 def __init__(self
, this
):
1431 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1432 self
.__class
__ = Rect
1433 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(RectPtr
)
1435 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
):
1437 RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1439 Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1441 val
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
)
1445 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
):
1447 RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1449 Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1451 val
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
)
1455 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
):
1457 RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1459 Create a new Rect from a size only.
1461 val
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
)
1466 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
1468 IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1470 Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1472 return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
1473 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1475 class Point2D(object):
1477 wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1478 with floating point values.
1481 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint2D instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1482 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1484 __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1486 Create a w.Point2D object.
1488 newobj
= _core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
)
1489 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1492 def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
):
1498 return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
)
1500 def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
):
1502 GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1506 return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
)
1508 def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
):
1509 """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1510 return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
)
1512 def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
):
1513 """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1514 return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
)
1516 def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
):
1517 """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1518 return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
)
1520 def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
):
1521 """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1522 return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
)
1524 def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
):
1525 self
.SetVectorLength(length
)
1526 self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
)
1527 def Normalize(self
):
1528 self
.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1530 def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
):
1531 """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1532 return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
)
1534 def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
):
1535 """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1536 return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
)
1538 def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
):
1539 """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1540 return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
)
1542 def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
):
1543 """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1544 return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
)
1546 def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1548 __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1550 the reflection of this point
1552 return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1554 def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1555 """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1556 return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1558 def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1559 """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1560 return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1562 def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1563 """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1564 return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1566 def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1567 """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1568 return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1570 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1572 __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1576 return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1578 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1580 __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1584 return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1586 x
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
)
1587 y
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
)
1588 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
1589 """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1590 return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
1592 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
1596 Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1598 return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1600 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1601 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1602 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get())
1603 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1604 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1605 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1606 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1607 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1608 else: raise IndexError
1609 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1610 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1611 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get())
1614 class Point2DPtr(Point2D
):
1615 def __init__(self
, this
):
1617 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1618 self
.__class
__ = Point2D
1619 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2DPtr
)
1621 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
):
1623 Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1625 Create a w.Point2D object.
1627 val
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
)
1631 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
):
1633 Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1635 Create a w.Point2D object.
1637 val
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
1641 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1643 FromStart
= _core_
.FromStart
1644 FromCurrent
= _core_
.FromCurrent
1645 FromEnd
= _core_
.FromEnd
1646 class InputStream(object):
1647 """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1649 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyInputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1650 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1651 """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1652 newobj
= _core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
1653 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1656 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_InputStream
):
1659 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1662 def close(*args
, **kwargs
):
1664 return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
)
1666 def flush(*args
, **kwargs
):
1668 return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
)
1670 def eof(*args
, **kwargs
):
1671 """eof(self) -> bool"""
1672 return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
)
1674 def read(*args
, **kwargs
):
1675 """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1676 return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
)
1678 def readline(*args
, **kwargs
):
1679 """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1680 return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
)
1682 def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
):
1683 """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1684 return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
)
1686 def seek(*args
, **kwargs
):
1687 """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1688 return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
)
1690 def tell(*args
, **kwargs
):
1691 """tell(self) -> int"""
1692 return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
)
1694 def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
):
1695 """Peek(self) -> char"""
1696 return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
)
1698 def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
):
1699 """GetC(self) -> char"""
1700 return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
)
1702 def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
1703 """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1704 return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
1706 def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
1707 """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1708 return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
1710 def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
):
1711 """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1712 return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
)
1714 def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
):
1715 """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1716 return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
)
1718 def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
):
1719 """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1720 return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
)
1722 def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
):
1723 """TellI(self) -> long"""
1724 return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
)
1727 class InputStreamPtr(InputStream
):
1728 def __init__(self
, this
):
1730 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1731 self
.__class
__ = InputStream
1732 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStreamPtr
)
1733 DefaultPosition
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
1734 DefaultSize
= cvar
.DefaultSize
1736 class OutputStream(object):
1737 """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1738 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
1740 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxOutputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1741 def write(*args
, **kwargs
):
1742 """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1743 return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
)
1746 class OutputStreamPtr(OutputStream
):
1747 def __init__(self
, this
):
1749 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1750 self
.__class
__ = OutputStream
1751 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStreamPtr
)
1753 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1755 class FSFile(Object
):
1756 """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1758 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFSFile instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1759 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1761 __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1762 DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1764 newobj
= _core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1765 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1768 self
.thisown
= 0 # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1770 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FSFile
):
1773 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1776 def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
1777 """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1778 return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
1780 def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
):
1781 """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1782 return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
)
1784 def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
):
1785 """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1786 return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
)
1788 def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
):
1789 """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1790 return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
)
1792 def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
):
1793 """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1794 return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
)
1797 class FSFilePtr(FSFile
):
1798 def __init__(self
, this
):
1800 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1801 self
.__class
__ = FSFile
1802 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFilePtr
)
1804 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1805 """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1806 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
1808 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1810 class CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1811 def __init__(self
, this
):
1813 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1814 self
.__class
__ = CPPFileSystemHandler
1815 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr
)
1817 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1818 """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1820 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1821 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1822 """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1823 newobj
= _core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1824 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1827 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, FileSystemHandler
)
1829 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
1830 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1831 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
1833 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
1834 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1835 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
1837 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
1838 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1839 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1841 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
1842 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1843 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
1845 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
1846 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1847 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
1849 def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
):
1850 """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1851 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
)
1853 def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
):
1854 """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1855 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
)
1857 def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
):
1858 """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1859 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
)
1861 def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
):
1862 """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1863 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
)
1865 def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
):
1866 """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1867 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
)
1870 class FileSystemHandlerPtr(FileSystemHandler
):
1871 def __init__(self
, this
):
1873 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1874 self
.__class
__ = FileSystemHandler
1875 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandlerPtr
)
1877 class FileSystem(Object
):
1878 """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1880 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1881 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1882 """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1883 newobj
= _core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
)
1884 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1887 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FileSystem
):
1890 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1893 def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
):
1894 """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1895 return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
)
1897 def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
):
1898 """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1899 return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
)
1901 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
1902 """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1903 return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1905 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
1906 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1907 return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
1909 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
1910 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1911 return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
1913 def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
1914 """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1915 return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1917 AddHandler
= staticmethod(AddHandler
)
1918 def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
):
1919 """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1920 return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
)
1922 CleanUpHandlers
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
)
1923 def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
):
1924 """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1925 return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
)
1927 FileNameToURL
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
)
1928 def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
):
1929 """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1930 return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
)
1932 URLToFileName
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
)
1934 class FileSystemPtr(FileSystem
):
1935 def __init__(self
, this
):
1937 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1938 self
.__class
__ = FileSystem
1939 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystemPtr
)
1941 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
1942 """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1943 return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1945 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
):
1946 """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1947 return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
)
1949 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
):
1950 """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1951 return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
)
1953 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
):
1954 """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1955 return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
)
1957 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1958 """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1960 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInternetFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1961 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1962 """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1963 newobj
= _core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1964 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1967 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
1968 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1969 return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
1971 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
1972 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1973 return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1976 class InternetFSHandlerPtr(InternetFSHandler
):
1977 def __init__(self
, this
):
1979 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1980 self
.__class
__ = InternetFSHandler
1981 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandlerPtr
)
1983 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1984 """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1986 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxZipFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1987 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1988 """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1989 newobj
= _core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1990 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1993 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
1994 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1995 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
1997 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
1998 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1999 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2001 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
2002 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2003 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
2005 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
2006 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2007 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
2010 class ZipFSHandlerPtr(ZipFSHandler
):
2011 def __init__(self
, this
):
2013 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2014 self
.__class
__ = ZipFSHandler
2015 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandlerPtr
)
2018 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
2019 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2020 return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
)
2022 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
2023 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2024 return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
)
2026 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
):
2027 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2028 return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
)
2029 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1):
2031 Add 'file' to the memory filesystem. The dataItem parameter can
2032 either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2033 arbitrary data. If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2034 parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2035 written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2037 if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
):
2038 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
)
2039 elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
):
2040 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
)
2041 elif type(dataItem
) == str:
2042 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
)
2044 raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2046 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
2047 """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2049 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMemoryFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2050 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2051 """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2052 newobj
= _core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
2053 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2056 def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2057 """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2058 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2060 RemoveFile
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
)
2061 AddFile
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)
2062 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
2063 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2064 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
2066 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2067 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2068 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2070 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
2071 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2072 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
2074 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
2075 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2076 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
2079 class MemoryFSHandlerPtr(MemoryFSHandler
):
2080 def __init__(self
, this
):
2082 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2083 self
.__class
__ = MemoryFSHandler
2084 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandlerPtr
)
2086 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2087 """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2088 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2090 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2091 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2092 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2093 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2095 class ImageHandler(Object
):
2097 This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2098 image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2099 normally seen by the application.
2101 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
2103 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2104 def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
2105 """GetName(self) -> String"""
2106 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
2108 def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
):
2109 """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2110 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
)
2112 def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2113 """GetType(self) -> long"""
2114 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2116 def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2117 """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2118 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2120 def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
2121 """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2122 return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
2124 def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
2125 """SetName(self, String name)"""
2126 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
2128 def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
):
2129 """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2130 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
)
2132 def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2133 """SetType(self, long type)"""
2134 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2136 def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2137 """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2138 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2141 class ImageHandlerPtr(ImageHandler
):
2142 def __init__(self
, this
):
2144 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2145 self
.__class
__ = ImageHandler
2146 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandlerPtr
)
2148 class ImageHistogram(object):
2149 """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2151 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHistogram instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2152 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2153 """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2154 newobj
= _core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
)
2155 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2158 def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
2160 MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2162 Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2164 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
2166 MakeKey
= staticmethod(MakeKey
)
2167 def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2169 FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2171 Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2172 values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a
2173 success flag and rgb values.
2175 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2177 def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
2179 GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2181 Returns the pixel count for the given key. Use `MakeKey` to create a
2182 key value from a RGB tripple.
2184 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
2186 def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
):
2188 GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2190 Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2192 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
)
2194 def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2196 GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2198 Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2200 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2203 class ImageHistogramPtr(ImageHistogram
):
2204 def __init__(self
, this
):
2206 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2207 self
.__class
__ = ImageHistogram
2208 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogramPtr
)
2210 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
2212 ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2214 Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2216 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
2218 class Image(Object
):
2220 A platform-independent image class. An image can be created from
2221 data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2222 variety of formats. Functions are available to set and get image
2223 bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2225 A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`. Instead, a
2226 platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2227 `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2228 device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2230 One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2231 lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2234 wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2235 for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2236 stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2237 corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2238 means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2240 Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2241 `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2242 with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2243 with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2246 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2247 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2249 __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2251 Loads an image from a file.
2253 newobj
= _core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
)
2254 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2257 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Image
):
2260 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
2263 def Create(*args
, **kwargs
):
2265 Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2267 Creates a fresh image. If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2268 initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2270 return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
)
2272 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
2276 Destroys the image data.
2278 return _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
2280 def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
):
2282 Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2284 Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2285 bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2286 `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2288 return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
)
2290 def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
):
2292 ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2294 Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2296 return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
)
2298 def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
):
2300 Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2302 Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2303 this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2305 Returns the (modified) image itself.
2307 return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
)
2309 def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
):
2311 Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2313 Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2314 either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2315 image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2316 colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2317 image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2318 colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2319 newly exposed areas.
2321 Returns the (modified) image itself.
2323 return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
)
2325 def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
):
2327 SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2329 Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2330 bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2331 manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2332 the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2333 get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2335 return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
)
2337 def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
2339 SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2341 Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2342 performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2343 safe way to manipulate the data.
2345 return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
2347 def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
):
2349 GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2351 Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2353 return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
)
2355 def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
2357 GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2359 Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2361 return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
2363 def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
):
2365 GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2367 Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2369 return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
)
2371 def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2373 SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2375 Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2376 called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2379 return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2381 def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2383 GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2385 Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2386 called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2389 The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2390 corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2391 the fully opaque pixels.
2393 return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2395 def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2397 HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2399 Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2401 return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2403 def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2407 Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2408 the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2409 default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2410 has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2412 return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2414 def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
):
2416 IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2418 Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2419 than the spcified threshold.
2421 return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
)
2423 def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2425 FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2427 Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2428 values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a
2429 success flag and rgb values.
2431 return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2433 def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
):
2435 ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2437 If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2438 pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2439 mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2440 chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2442 If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2445 return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
)
2447 def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2449 ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2451 This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2452 only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2453 typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2454 drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2455 they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values. This
2456 method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2457 The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2459 return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2461 def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
2463 SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2465 Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2466 ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2467 by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2468 the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2469 image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2471 Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2472 image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2473 mask was successfully applied.
2475 Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2476 computationally intensive operation.
2478 return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
)
2480 def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
2482 CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2484 Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2486 return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
2488 CanRead
= staticmethod(CanRead
)
2489 def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
2491 GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2493 If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2494 is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2495 the number of available images.
2497 return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
2499 GetImageCount
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
)
2500 def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2502 LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2504 Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2505 library will try to autodetect the format.
2507 return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2509 def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2511 LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2513 Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2516 return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2518 def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2520 SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2522 Saves an image in the named file.
2524 return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2526 def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2528 SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2530 Saves an image in the named file.
2532 return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2534 def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
2536 CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2538 Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2539 data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2542 return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
2544 CanReadStream
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
)
2545 def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
2547 LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2549 Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2550 object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2551 autodetect the format.
2553 return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
2555 def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
2557 LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2559 Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2560 object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2562 return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
2564 def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
):
2568 Returns true if image data is present.
2570 return _core_
.Image_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
)
2572 def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
2574 GetWidth(self) -> int
2576 Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2578 return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
2580 def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
2582 GetHeight(self) -> int
2584 Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2586 return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
2588 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
2590 GetSize(self) -> Size
2592 Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2594 return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
2596 def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
2598 GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2600 Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2601 entirely to the image.
2603 return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
)
2605 def Size(*args
, **kwargs
):
2607 Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2609 Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2610 either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2611 image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2612 colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2613 image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2614 colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2615 newly exposed areas.
2617 return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
)
2619 def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
):
2623 Returns an identical copy of the image.
2625 return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
)
2627 def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
):
2629 Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2631 Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2632 and any out of bounds problems.
2634 return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
)
2636 def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2638 GetData(self) -> PyObject
2640 Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2642 return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2644 def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2646 SetData(self, buffer data)
2648 Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts
2649 either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2650 the data must be width*height*3.
2652 return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2654 def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2656 GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2658 Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2659 image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2660 not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2662 return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2664 def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2666 SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2668 Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2669 object. This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2670 ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2672 return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2674 def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2676 GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2678 Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2680 return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2682 def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2684 SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2686 Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes. Accepts either
2687 a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2688 data must be width*height.
2690 return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2692 def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2693 """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2694 return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2696 def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2697 """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2698 return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2700 def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2702 SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2704 Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2707 return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2709 def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2711 GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2713 Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2715 return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2717 def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
):
2719 GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2721 Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2723 return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
)
2725 def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
2727 GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2729 Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2731 return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
2733 def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
):
2735 GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2737 Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2739 return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
)
2741 def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
):
2743 SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2745 Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2746 determined by the current mask colour.
2748 return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
)
2750 def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
):
2752 HasMask(self) -> bool
2754 Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2756 return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
)
2758 def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
):
2760 Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2761 Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2763 Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2764 ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2765 slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2766 uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2767 will be used as the fill colour.
2769 Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2771 return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
)
2773 def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
):
2775 Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2777 Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2778 indicated by ``clockwise``.
2780 return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
)
2782 def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
):
2784 Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2786 Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2787 indicates the orientation.
2789 return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
)
2791 def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
):
2793 Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2795 Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2798 return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
)
2800 def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
):
2802 ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2804 Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2805 white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2806 colour everywhere else.
2808 return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
)
2810 def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
):
2812 SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2814 Sets an image handler defined option. For example, when saving as a
2815 JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2816 number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2818 return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
)
2820 def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
2822 SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2824 Sets an image option as an integer.
2826 return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
2828 def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
):
2830 GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2832 Gets the value of an image handler option.
2834 return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
)
2836 def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
2838 GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2840 Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer. If the given
2841 option is not present, the function returns 0.
2843 return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
2845 def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
):
2847 HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2849 Returns true if the given option is present.
2851 return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
)
2853 def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
):
2854 """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2855 return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
)
2857 def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
):
2858 """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2859 return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
)
2861 def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
2862 """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2863 return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
2865 AddHandler
= staticmethod(AddHandler
)
2866 def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
2867 """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2868 return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
2870 InsertHandler
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
)
2871 def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
2872 """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2873 return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
2875 RemoveHandler
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
)
2876 def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
):
2878 GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2880 Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2881 containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2884 return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
)
2886 GetImageExtWildcard
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
)
2887 def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
2888 """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2889 return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
2891 def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
2892 """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2893 return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
2895 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Ok()
2897 class ImagePtr(Image
):
2898 def __init__(self
, this
):
2900 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2901 self
.__class
__ = Image
2902 _core_
.Image_swigregister(ImagePtr
)
2904 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
):
2906 ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2908 Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2909 'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2911 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
)
2915 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
2917 ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2919 Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2922 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
2926 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
):
2928 ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2930 Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2931 object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2933 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
)
2937 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
2939 EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2941 Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2944 val
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
)
2948 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
2950 ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2952 Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2954 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
2958 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2960 ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2962 Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts either a
2963 string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2964 must be width*height*3.
2966 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2970 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2972 ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2974 Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2975 Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2976 length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2977 alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2979 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2983 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
2985 Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2987 Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2989 return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
2991 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
2993 Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2995 If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2996 is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2997 the number of available images.
2999 return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
3001 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
3003 Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3005 Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3006 data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3009 return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
3011 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3012 """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3013 return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3015 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3016 """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3017 return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3019 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3020 """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3021 return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3023 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
):
3025 Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3027 Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3028 containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3031 return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
)
3033 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3035 The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3036 the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3040 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3041 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3042 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3043 PNG_TYPE_GREY
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3044 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3045 BMP_24BPP
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
3046 BMP_8BPP
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
3047 BMP_8BPP_GREY
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3048 BMP_8BPP_GRAY
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3049 BMP_8BPP_RED
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
3050 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3051 BMP_4BPP
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
3052 BMP_1BPP
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
3053 BMP_1BPP_BW
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
3054 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
):
3055 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3057 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBMPHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3058 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3060 __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3062 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3064 newobj
= _core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3065 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3069 class BMPHandlerPtr(BMPHandler
):
3070 def __init__(self
, this
):
3072 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3073 self
.__class
__ = BMPHandler
3074 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandlerPtr
)
3075 NullImage
= cvar
.NullImage
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3081 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3082 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3083 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3084 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3085 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3086 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3087 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3088 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3089 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3090 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3092 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
):
3093 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3095 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxICOHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3096 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3098 __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3100 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3102 newobj
= _core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3103 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3107 class ICOHandlerPtr(ICOHandler
):
3108 def __init__(self
, this
):
3110 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3111 self
.__class
__ = ICOHandler
3112 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandlerPtr
)
3114 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
):
3115 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3117 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCURHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3118 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3120 __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3122 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3124 newobj
= _core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3125 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3129 class CURHandlerPtr(CURHandler
):
3130 def __init__(self
, this
):
3132 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3133 self
.__class
__ = CURHandler
3134 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandlerPtr
)
3136 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
):
3137 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3139 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxANIHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3140 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3142 __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3144 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3146 newobj
= _core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3147 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3151 class ANIHandlerPtr(ANIHandler
):
3152 def __init__(self
, this
):
3154 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3155 self
.__class
__ = ANIHandler
3156 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandlerPtr
)
3158 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
):
3159 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3161 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3162 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3164 __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3166 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3168 newobj
= _core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3169 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3173 class PNGHandlerPtr(PNGHandler
):
3174 def __init__(self
, this
):
3176 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3177 self
.__class
__ = PNGHandler
3178 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandlerPtr
)
3180 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
):
3181 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3183 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGIFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3184 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3186 __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3188 A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3190 newobj
= _core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3191 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3195 class GIFHandlerPtr(GIFHandler
):
3196 def __init__(self
, this
):
3198 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3199 self
.__class
__ = GIFHandler
3200 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandlerPtr
)
3202 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
):
3203 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3205 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPCXHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3206 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3208 __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3210 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3212 newobj
= _core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3213 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3217 class PCXHandlerPtr(PCXHandler
):
3218 def __init__(self
, this
):
3220 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3221 self
.__class
__ = PCXHandler
3222 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandlerPtr
)
3224 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
):
3225 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3227 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxJPEGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3228 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3230 __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3232 A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3234 newobj
= _core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3235 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3239 class JPEGHandlerPtr(JPEGHandler
):
3240 def __init__(self
, this
):
3242 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3243 self
.__class
__ = JPEGHandler
3244 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandlerPtr
)
3246 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
):
3247 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3249 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3250 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3252 __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3254 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3256 newobj
= _core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3257 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3261 class PNMHandlerPtr(PNMHandler
):
3262 def __init__(self
, this
):
3264 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3265 self
.__class
__ = PNMHandler
3266 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandlerPtr
)
3268 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
):
3269 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3271 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxXPMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3272 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3274 __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3276 A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3278 newobj
= _core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3279 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3283 class XPMHandlerPtr(XPMHandler
):
3284 def __init__(self
, this
):
3286 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3287 self
.__class
__ = XPMHandler
3288 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandlerPtr
)
3290 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
):
3291 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3293 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxTIFFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3294 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3296 __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3298 A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3300 newobj
= _core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3301 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3305 class TIFFHandlerPtr(TIFFHandler
):
3306 def __init__(self
, this
):
3308 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3309 self
.__class
__ = TIFFHandler
3310 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandlerPtr
)
3312 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3313 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3314 class Quantize(object):
3315 """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3316 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
3318 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQuantize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3319 def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
):
3321 Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3323 Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3324 destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3325 needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3327 return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
)
3329 Quantize
= staticmethod(Quantize
)
3331 class QuantizePtr(Quantize
):
3332 def __init__(self
, this
):
3334 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3335 self
.__class
__ = Quantize
3336 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(QuantizePtr
)
3338 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
):
3340 Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3342 Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3343 destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3344 needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3346 return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
)
3348 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3350 class EvtHandler(Object
):
3351 """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3353 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvtHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3354 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3355 """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3356 newobj
= _core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3357 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3360 def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3361 """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3362 return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3364 def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3365 """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3366 return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3368 def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3369 """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3370 return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3372 def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3373 """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3374 return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3376 def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
3377 """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3378 return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
3380 def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
3381 """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3382 return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
3384 def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
3385 """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3386 return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
3388 def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
3389 """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3390 return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
3392 def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
):
3393 """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3394 return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
)
3396 def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
):
3397 """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3398 return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
)
3400 def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
):
3401 """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3402 return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
)
3404 def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
3405 """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3406 return _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
3408 def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
):
3410 Bind an event to an event handler.
3412 :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3413 type of event to bind,
3415 :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3416 event is delivered to self. Pass None to
3417 disconnect an event handler.
3419 :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3420 different window than self, but you still
3421 want to catch it in self. (For example, a
3422 button event delivered to a frame.) By
3423 passing the source of the event, the event
3424 handling system is able to differentiate
3425 between the same event type from different
3428 :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3431 :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3432 to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3434 if source
is not None:
3436 event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)
3438 def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
):
3440 Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3441 Returns True if successful.
3443 if source
is not None:
3445 return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)
3448 class EvtHandlerPtr(EvtHandler
):
3449 def __init__(self
, this
):
3451 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3452 self
.__class
__ = EvtHandler
3453 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandlerPtr
)
3455 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3457 class PyEventBinder(object):
3459 Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3462 def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0):
3463 if expectedIDs
not in [0, 1, 2]:
3464 raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3465 self
.expectedIDs
= expectedIDs
3467 if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple:
3468 self
.evtType
= evtType
3470 self
.evtType
= [evtType
]
3473 def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
):
3474 """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3475 for et
in self
.evtType
:
3476 target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
)
3479 def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
):
3480 """Remove an event binding."""
3482 for et
in self
.evtType
:
3483 success
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
)
3487 def __call__(self
, *args
):
3489 For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3490 Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3491 func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3494 assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
3498 if self
.expectedIDs
== 0:
3500 elif self
.expectedIDs
== 1:
3503 elif self
.expectedIDs
== 2:
3508 raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3510 self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
)
3513 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3514 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
):
3515 win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
)
3516 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
):
3517 win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
)
3520 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3522 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3524 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3525 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3527 def NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
):
3528 """NewEventType() -> wxEventType"""
3529 return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
)
3530 wxEVT_NULL
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
3531 wxEVT_FIRST
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
3532 wxEVT_USER_FIRST
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3533 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3534 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3535 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3536 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3537 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3538 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3539 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3540 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3541 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3542 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3543 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3544 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3545 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3546 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3547 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3548 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3549 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3550 wxEVT_LEFT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3551 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3552 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3553 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3554 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3555 wxEVT_MOTION
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
3556 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3557 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3558 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3559 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3560 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3561 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3562 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3563 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3564 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3565 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3566 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3567 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3568 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3569 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3570 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3571 wxEVT_NC_MOTION
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3572 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3573 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3574 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3575 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3576 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3577 wxEVT_CHAR
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
3578 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3579 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3580 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3581 wxEVT_KEY_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3582 wxEVT_HOTKEY
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3583 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3584 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3585 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3586 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3587 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3588 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3589 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3590 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3591 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3592 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3593 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
= wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3594 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3595 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3596 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3597 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3598 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3599 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3600 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3601 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3602 wxEVT_SIZE
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
3603 wxEVT_MOVE
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
3604 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3605 wxEVT_END_SESSION
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3606 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3607 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3608 wxEVT_POWER
= _core_
.wxEVT_POWER
3609 wxEVT_ACTIVATE
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3610 wxEVT_CREATE
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
3611 wxEVT_DESTROY
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
3612 wxEVT_SHOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
3613 wxEVT_ICONIZE
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3614 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3615 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3616 wxEVT_PAINT
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
3617 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3618 wxEVT_NC_PAINT
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3619 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3620 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3621 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3622 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3623 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3624 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3625 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3626 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3627 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3628 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3629 wxEVT_DROP_FILES
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3630 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3631 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3632 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3633 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3634 wxEVT_IDLE
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
3635 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3636 wxEVT_SIZING
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
3637 wxEVT_MOVING
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
3638 wxEVT_HIBERNATE
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3639 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3640 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3641 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3642 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3643 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3644 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3645 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3647 # Create some event binders
3648 EVT_SIZE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE
)
3649 EVT_SIZING
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING
)
3650 EVT_MOVE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE
)
3651 EVT_MOVING
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING
)
3652 EVT_CLOSE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
)
3653 EVT_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION
)
3654 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
)
3655 EVT_PAINT
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT
)
3656 EVT_NC_PAINT
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT
)
3657 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
)
3658 EVT_CHAR
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR
)
3659 EVT_KEY_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
)
3660 EVT_KEY_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP
)
3661 EVT_HOTKEY
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1)
3662 EVT_CHAR_HOOK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
)
3663 EVT_MENU_OPEN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
)
3664 EVT_MENU_CLOSE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
)
3665 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1)
3666 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
)
3667 EVT_SET_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
)
3668 EVT_KILL_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
)
3669 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
)
3670 EVT_ACTIVATE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE
)
3671 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
)
3672 EVT_HIBERNATE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE
)
3673 EVT_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION
)
3674 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
)
3675 EVT_DROP_FILES
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES
)
3676 EVT_INIT_DIALOG
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
)
3677 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
)
3678 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
)
3679 EVT_SHOW
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW
)
3680 EVT_MAXIMIZE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
)
3681 EVT_ICONIZE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE
)
3682 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
)
3683 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
)
3684 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
)
3685 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE
)
3686 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY
)
3687 EVT_SET_CURSOR
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
)
3688 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
)
3690 EVT_LEFT_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
)
3691 EVT_LEFT_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP
)
3692 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
)
3693 EVT_MIDDLE_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
)
3694 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
)
3695 EVT_RIGHT_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
)
3696 EVT_MOTION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION
)
3697 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
)
3698 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
)
3699 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
)
3700 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
)
3701 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
)
3702 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
)
3704 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
,
3712 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
,
3720 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3721 EVT_SCROLLWIN
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
,
3722 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
,
3723 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
,
3724 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
,
3725 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
,
3726 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
,
3727 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
,
3728 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
,
3731 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
)
3732 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
)
3733 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
)
3734 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
)
3735 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
)
3736 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
)
3737 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
)
3738 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
)
3740 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3741 EVT_SCROLL
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,
3742 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,
3743 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,
3744 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,
3745 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,
3746 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,
3747 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,
3748 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,
3749 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
,
3752 EVT_SCROLL_TOP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
)
3753 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
)
3754 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
)
3755 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
)
3756 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
)
3757 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
)
3758 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
)
3759 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
)
3760 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
)
3761 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
= EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3763 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3764 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,
3765 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,
3766 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,
3767 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,
3768 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,
3769 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,
3770 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,
3771 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,
3772 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
,
3775 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1)
3776 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1)
3777 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1)
3778 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1)
3779 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1)
3780 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1)
3781 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1)
3782 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1)
3783 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 1)
3784 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
= EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3786 EVT_BUTTON
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1)
3787 EVT_CHECKBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1)
3788 EVT_CHOICE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1)
3789 EVT_LISTBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3790 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1)
3791 EVT_MENU
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1)
3792 EVT_MENU_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2)
3793 EVT_SLIDER
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1)
3794 EVT_RADIOBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3795 EVT_RADIOBUTTON
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1)
3797 EVT_SCROLLBAR
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1)
3798 EVT_VLBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3799 EVT_COMBOBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3800 EVT_TOOL
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1)
3801 EVT_TOOL_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2)
3802 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1)
3803 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2)
3804 EVT_TOOL_ENTER
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1)
3805 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1)
3808 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1)
3809 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1)
3810 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1)
3811 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1)
3812 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1)
3813 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1)
3814 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1)
3816 EVT_IDLE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE
)
3818 EVT_UPDATE_UI
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1)
3819 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2)
3821 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
)
3825 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3827 class Event(Object
):
3829 An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3830 callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3833 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
3835 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3836 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Event
):
3839 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
3842 def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
):
3844 SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ)
3846 Sets the specific type of the event.
3848 return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
)
3850 def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
):
3852 GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType
3854 Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3855 ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3857 return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
)
3859 def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
):
3861 GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3863 Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3866 return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
)
3868 def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
):
3870 SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3872 Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3873 object that is sending the event.
3875 return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
)
3877 def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
):
3878 """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3879 return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
)
3881 def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
):
3882 """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3883 return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
)
3885 def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
3889 Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3892 return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
3894 def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
3898 Set's the ID for the event. This is usually the ID of the window that
3899 is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3902 return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
3904 def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
3906 IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3908 Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3909 it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3911 return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
3913 def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
):
3915 Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3917 Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3918 handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3919 handler returns. Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3920 additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3921 returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3922 handler has finished. Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3923 system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3926 return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
)
3928 def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
):
3930 GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3932 Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3935 return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
)
3937 def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
):
3939 ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3941 Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3942 i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3944 return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
)
3946 def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
):
3948 StopPropagation(self) -> int
3950 Stop the event from propagating to its parent window. Returns the old
3951 propagation level value which may be later passed to
3952 `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3954 return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
)
3956 def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
):
3958 ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3960 Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level. (For
3961 example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3965 return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
)
3967 def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
):
3968 """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3969 return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
)
3972 class EventPtr(Event
):
3973 def __init__(self
, this
):
3975 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3976 self
.__class
__ = Event
3977 _core_
.Event_swigregister(EventPtr
)
3979 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3981 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3983 Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply
3984 create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3985 propogation of the event will be restored.
3988 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagationDisabler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3989 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3991 __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3993 Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply
3994 create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3995 propogation of the event will be restored.
3997 newobj
= _core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3998 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4001 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
):
4004 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
4008 class PropagationDisablerPtr(PropagationDisabler
):
4009 def __init__(self
, this
):
4011 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4012 self
.__class
__ = PropagationDisabler
4013 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisablerPtr
)
4015 class PropagateOnce(object):
4017 A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4018 event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4019 destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4022 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagateOnce instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4023 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4025 __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4027 A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4028 event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4029 destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4031 newobj
= _core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
)
4032 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4035 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
):
4038 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
4042 class PropagateOncePtr(PropagateOnce
):
4043 def __init__(self
, this
):
4045 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4046 self
.__class
__ = PropagateOnce
4047 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOncePtr
)
4049 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4051 class CommandEvent(Event
):
4053 This event class contains information about command events, which
4054 originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4058 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4059 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4061 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4063 This event class contains information about command events, which
4064 originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4067 newobj
= _core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4068 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4071 def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
4073 GetSelection(self) -> int
4075 Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4078 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
4080 def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
4081 """SetString(self, String s)"""
4082 return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
4084 def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
4086 GetString(self) -> String
4088 Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4091 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
4093 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
4095 IsChecked(self) -> bool
4097 This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4098 checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4099 for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4100 the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4101 makes sense for checkable menu items).
4103 return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
4106 def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
4108 IsSelection(self) -> bool
4110 For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4111 false if it is a deselection.
4113 return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
4115 def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
):
4116 """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4117 return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
)
4119 def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
):
4121 GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4123 Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4124 event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4125 whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4126 listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4127 this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4128 listbox must be examined by the application.
4130 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
)
4132 def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
4133 """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4134 return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
4136 def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
4138 GetInt(self) -> long
4140 Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4141 radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4142 deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4144 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
4146 def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
):
4147 """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4148 return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
)
4151 class CommandEventPtr(CommandEvent
):
4152 def __init__(self
, this
):
4154 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4155 self
.__class
__ = CommandEvent
4156 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEventPtr
)
4158 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4160 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
):
4162 An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4163 a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4164 allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler
4165 can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4168 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNotifyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4169 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4171 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4173 An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4174 a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4175 allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler
4176 can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4178 newobj
= _core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4179 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4182 def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
):
4186 Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4188 It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4189 vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4190 just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4192 return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
)
4194 def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
):
4198 This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4199 processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4200 the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4201 will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4203 return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
)
4205 def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
):
4207 IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4209 Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4210 false otherwise (if it was).
4212 return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
)
4215 class NotifyEventPtr(NotifyEvent
):
4216 def __init__(self
, this
):
4218 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4219 self
.__class
__ = NotifyEvent
4220 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEventPtr
)
4222 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4224 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
):
4226 A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4227 scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4228 instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4232 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4233 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4235 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4236 int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4238 newobj
= _core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4239 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4242 def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4244 GetOrientation(self) -> int
4246 Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4249 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4251 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4253 GetPosition(self) -> int
4255 Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4257 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4259 def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4260 """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4261 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4263 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4264 """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4265 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4268 class ScrollEventPtr(ScrollEvent
):
4269 def __init__(self
, this
):
4271 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4272 self
.__class
__ = ScrollEvent
4273 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEventPtr
)
4275 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4277 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
):
4279 A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4283 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollWinEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4284 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4286 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4288 A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4291 newobj
= _core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4292 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4295 def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4297 GetOrientation(self) -> int
4299 Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4302 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4304 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4306 GetPosition(self) -> int
4308 Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4309 events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4310 need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4312 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4314 def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4315 """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4316 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4318 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4319 """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4320 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4323 class ScrollWinEventPtr(ScrollWinEvent
):
4324 def __init__(self
, this
):
4326 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4327 self
.__class
__ = ScrollWinEvent
4328 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEventPtr
)
4330 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4332 MOUSE_BTN_ANY
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4333 MOUSE_BTN_NONE
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4334 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4335 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4336 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4337 class MouseEvent(Event
):
4339 This event class contains information about the events generated by
4340 the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4343 All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4344 the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4345 ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4346 a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4349 Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4350 the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4351 button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4352 currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4353 mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4354 is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4355 `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4356 underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4357 applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4360 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4361 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4363 __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4365 Constructs a wx.MouseEvent. Valid event types are:
4367 * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4368 * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4374 * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4377 * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4381 newobj
= _core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4382 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4385 def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
4387 IsButton(self) -> bool
4389 Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4390 button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4392 return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
4394 def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4396 ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4398 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4399 mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4400 button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4403 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4405 def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4407 ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4409 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4410 mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4411 double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4414 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4416 def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4418 ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4420 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4421 mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4422 up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4424 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4426 def Button(*args
, **kwargs
):
4428 Button(self, int button) -> bool
4430 Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4431 values of button are:
4433 ==================== =====================================
4434 wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT check if left button was pressed
4435 wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE check if middle button was pressed
4436 wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT check if right button was pressed
4437 wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY check if any button was pressed
4438 ==================== =====================================
4441 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
)
4443 def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4444 """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4445 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4447 def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
4449 GetButton(self) -> int
4451 Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4452 wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4453 leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4454 the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4455 and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4456 right buttons respectively.
4458 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
4460 def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4462 ControlDown(self) -> bool
4464 Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4466 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4468 def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4470 MetaDown(self) -> bool
4472 Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4474 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4476 def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4478 AltDown(self) -> bool
4480 Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4482 return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4484 def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4486 ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4488 Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4490 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4492 def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4494 CmdDown(self) -> bool
4496 "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4497 platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4498 Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4499 because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4500 elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4501 purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4502 and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4504 return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4506 def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4508 LeftDown(self) -> bool
4510 Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4512 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4514 def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4516 MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4518 Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4520 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4522 def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4524 RightDown(self) -> bool
4526 Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4528 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4530 def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4532 LeftUp(self) -> bool
4534 Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4536 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4538 def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4540 MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4542 Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4544 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4546 def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4548 RightUp(self) -> bool
4550 Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4552 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4554 def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4556 LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4558 Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4560 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4562 def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4564 MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4566 Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4568 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4570 def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4572 RightDClick(self) -> bool
4574 Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4576 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4578 def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4580 LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4582 Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4583 of the current event type.
4585 Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4586 if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4587 state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4589 This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4590 "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4593 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4595 def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4597 MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4599 Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4600 of the current event type.
4602 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4604 def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4606 RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4608 Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4609 of the current event type.
4611 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4613 def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
):
4615 Dragging(self) -> bool
4617 Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4620 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
)
4622 def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
):
4624 Moving(self) -> bool
4626 Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4627 pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4628 false and Dragging returns true.
4630 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
)
4632 def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
):
4634 Entering(self) -> bool
4636 Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4638 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
)
4640 def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
):
4642 Leaving(self) -> bool
4644 Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4646 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
)
4648 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4650 GetPosition(self) -> Point
4652 Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4655 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4657 def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
4659 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4661 Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4664 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
4666 def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4668 GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4670 Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4671 according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4672 that the window has been scrolled).
4674 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4676 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
4680 Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4682 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
4684 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
4688 Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4690 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
4692 def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4694 GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4696 Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4697 rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4698 +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4699 created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4700 event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4701 do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4702 have been accumulated before scrolling.
4704 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4706 def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
):
4708 GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4710 Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4711 taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4712 should occur for each delta.
4714 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
)
4716 def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
):
4718 GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4720 Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4721 per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4723 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
)
4725 def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
):
4727 IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4729 Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4730 the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4732 return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
)
4734 m_x
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
)
4735 m_y
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
)
4736 m_leftDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
)
4737 m_middleDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
)
4738 m_rightDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
)
4739 m_controlDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
)
4740 m_shiftDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
)
4741 m_altDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
)
4742 m_metaDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
)
4743 m_wheelRotation
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
)
4744 m_wheelDelta
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
)
4745 m_linesPerAction
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
)
4747 class MouseEventPtr(MouseEvent
):
4748 def __init__(self
, this
):
4750 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4751 self
.__class
__ = MouseEvent
4752 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEventPtr
)
4754 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4756 class SetCursorEvent(Event
):
4758 A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4759 as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4760 chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4761 current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4762 method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4765 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSetCursorEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4766 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4768 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4770 Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4772 newobj
= _core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4773 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4776 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
4780 Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4782 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
4784 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
4788 Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4790 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
4792 def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
4794 SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4796 Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4798 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
4800 def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
4802 GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4804 Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4806 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
4808 def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
4810 HasCursor(self) -> bool
4812 Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4814 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
4817 class SetCursorEventPtr(SetCursorEvent
):
4818 def __init__(self
, this
):
4820 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4821 self
.__class
__ = SetCursorEvent
4822 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEventPtr
)
4824 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4826 class KeyEvent(Event
):
4828 This event class contains information about keypress and character
4829 events. These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4832 Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4833 wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4834 between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4835 and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4836 note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4837 typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4838 one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4839 corresponding to each down one.
4841 Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4842 carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4843 keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4844 WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4845 general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4846 key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4849 A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4850 and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4851 down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4852 code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4853 'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4854 just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4857 Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4858 could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4859 returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4860 as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4861 translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4862 by the system itself.
4864 Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4865 for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4866 same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4867 the ASCII value of this key combination.
4869 You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4870 interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4871 pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4874 **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4875 call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4876 happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4877 types of events to be a bit simpler.
4879 **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4880 are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4881 WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4882 event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4884 **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4885 process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4890 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4891 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4893 __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4895 Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`. Valid event types are:
4898 newobj
= _core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4899 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4902 def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4904 ControlDown(self) -> bool
4906 Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4908 return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4910 def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4912 MetaDown(self) -> bool
4914 Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4916 return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4918 def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4920 AltDown(self) -> bool
4922 Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4924 return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4926 def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4928 ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4930 Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4932 return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4934 def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4936 CmdDown(self) -> bool
4938 "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4939 platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4940 Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4941 because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4942 elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4943 purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4944 and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4946 return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4948 def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
):
4950 HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4952 Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4953 key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4954 SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4955 it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4956 key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4959 return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
)
4961 def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
):
4963 GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4965 Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4966 while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4967 cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4970 Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4971 the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4972 locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4973 character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4975 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
)
4977 KeyCode
= GetKeyCode
4978 def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
4980 GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4982 Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event. This
4983 function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4985 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
4987 GetUniChar
= GetUnicodeKey
4988 def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
):
4990 GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4992 Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4993 scan code which should only be used in advanced
4994 applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4997 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
)
4999 def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
):
5001 GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5003 Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5004 platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5005 Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5007 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
)
5009 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5011 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5013 Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5015 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5017 def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
5019 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5021 Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5023 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
5025 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
5029 Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5032 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
5034 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
5038 Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5041 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
5043 m_x
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
)
5044 m_y
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
)
5045 m_keyCode
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
)
5046 m_controlDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
)
5047 m_shiftDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
)
5048 m_altDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
)
5049 m_metaDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
)
5050 m_scanCode
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
)
5051 m_rawCode
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
)
5052 m_rawFlags
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
)
5054 class KeyEventPtr(KeyEvent
):
5055 def __init__(self
, this
):
5057 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5058 self
.__class
__ = KeyEvent
5059 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEventPtr
)
5061 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5063 class SizeEvent(Event
):
5065 A size event holds information about size change events. The EVT_SIZE
5066 handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5069 Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5070 `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5073 When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5074 damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5075 next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5076 window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5077 window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5078 invalidate the entire window.
5082 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5083 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5085 __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5087 Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5089 newobj
= _core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5090 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5093 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
5095 GetSize(self) -> Size
5097 Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5100 return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
5102 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5103 """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5104 return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5106 def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5107 """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5108 return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5110 def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
5111 """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5112 return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
5114 m_size
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
)
5115 m_rect
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
)
5117 class SizeEventPtr(SizeEvent
):
5118 def __init__(self
, this
):
5120 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5121 self
.__class
__ = SizeEvent
5122 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEventPtr
)
5124 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5126 class MoveEvent(Event
):
5128 This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5129 moved to a new position.
5132 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMoveEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5133 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5135 __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5139 newobj
= _core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5140 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5143 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5145 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5147 Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5149 return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5151 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5152 """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5153 return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5155 def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5156 """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5157 return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5159 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5160 """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5161 return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5163 m_pos
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
)
5164 m_rect
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
)
5167 class MoveEventPtr(MoveEvent
):
5168 def __init__(self
, this
):
5170 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5171 self
.__class
__ = MoveEvent
5172 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEventPtr
)
5174 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5176 class PaintEvent(Event
):
5178 A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5179 Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5180 a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it. Otherwise MS
5181 Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5182 the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5184 You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5185 damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5186 and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5187 the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5188 calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5193 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5194 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5195 """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5196 newobj
= _core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5197 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5201 class PaintEventPtr(PaintEvent
):
5202 def __init__(self
, this
):
5204 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5205 self
.__class
__ = PaintEvent
5206 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEventPtr
)
5208 class NcPaintEvent(Event
):
5209 """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5211 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNcPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5212 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5213 """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5214 newobj
= _core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5215 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5219 class NcPaintEventPtr(NcPaintEvent
):
5220 def __init__(self
, this
):
5222 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5223 self
.__class
__ = NcPaintEvent
5224 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEventPtr
)
5226 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5228 class EraseEvent(Event
):
5230 An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5231 repainted. To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5232 binder. On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5233 (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5235 To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5236 device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5237 `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5241 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEraseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5242 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5244 __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5248 newobj
= _core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5249 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5252 def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
):
5256 Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon. If
5257 ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5260 return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
)
5263 class EraseEventPtr(EraseEvent
):
5264 def __init__(self
, this
):
5266 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5267 self
.__class
__ = EraseEvent
5268 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEventPtr
)
5270 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5272 class FocusEvent(Event
):
5274 A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5275 focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5276 gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5278 Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5279 to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5280 done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5284 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5285 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5287 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5291 newobj
= _core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5292 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5295 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5297 GetWindow(self) -> Window
5299 Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5300 window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5301 window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5303 Warning: the window returned may be None!
5305 return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5307 def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5308 """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5309 return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5312 class FocusEventPtr(FocusEvent
):
5313 def __init__(self
, this
):
5315 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5316 self
.__class
__ = FocusEvent
5317 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEventPtr
)
5319 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5321 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
):
5323 wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5324 focus. Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5328 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxChildFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5329 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5331 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5335 newobj
= _core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5336 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5339 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5341 GetWindow(self) -> Window
5343 The window which has just received the focus.
5345 return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5348 class ChildFocusEventPtr(ChildFocusEvent
):
5349 def __init__(self
, this
):
5351 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5352 self
.__class
__ = ChildFocusEvent
5353 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEventPtr
)
5355 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5357 class ActivateEvent(Event
):
5359 An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5360 application is being activated or deactivated.
5362 A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5363 is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5364 title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5365 An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5366 becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5367 application frames being inactive.
5369 Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5370 for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5371 doing so can result in strange effects.
5375 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxActivateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5376 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5378 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5382 newobj
= _core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5383 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5386 def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
5388 GetActive(self) -> bool
5390 Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5393 return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
5396 class ActivateEventPtr(ActivateEvent
):
5397 def __init__(self
, this
):
5399 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5400 self
.__class
__ = ActivateEvent
5401 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEventPtr
)
5403 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5405 class InitDialogEvent(Event
):
5407 A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5408 any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called. Handlers for this
5409 event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5410 done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5411 calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5414 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInitDialogEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5415 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5417 __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5421 newobj
= _core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5422 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5426 class InitDialogEventPtr(InitDialogEvent
):
5427 def __init__(self
, this
):
5429 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5430 self
.__class
__ = InitDialogEvent
5431 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEventPtr
)
5433 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5435 class MenuEvent(Event
):
5437 This class is used for a variety of menu-related events. Note that
5438 these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5439 `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5441 The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5442 text in the first field of the status bar.
5445 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5446 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5448 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5452 newobj
= _core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5453 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5456 def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
):
5458 GetMenuId(self) -> int
5460 Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5461 should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5463 return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
)
5465 def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
):
5467 IsPopup(self) -> bool
5469 Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5470 popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one. This method should only
5471 be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5473 return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
)
5475 def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
5477 GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5479 Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5480 only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5482 return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
5485 class MenuEventPtr(MenuEvent
):
5486 def __init__(self
, this
):
5488 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5489 self
.__class
__ = MenuEvent
5490 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEventPtr
)
5492 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5494 class CloseEvent(Event
):
5496 This event class contains information about window and session close
5499 The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5500 to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5501 the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5502 programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5505 You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5506 the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5507 the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5508 it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5509 For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5510 files or to cancel the close.
5512 If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5513 calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5514 `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5515 on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5518 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCloseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5519 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5521 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5525 newobj
= _core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5526 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5529 def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
):
5531 SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5533 Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5535 return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
)
5537 def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
):
5539 GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5541 Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5542 system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5543 session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5546 return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
)
5548 def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5550 Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5552 Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5553 signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5555 You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5557 return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5559 def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5560 """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5561 return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5563 def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5565 SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5567 Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5569 return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5571 def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5573 CanVeto(self) -> bool
5575 Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5576 event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5577 code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5578 must be called to check this.
5580 return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5583 class CloseEventPtr(CloseEvent
):
5584 def __init__(self
, this
):
5586 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5587 self
.__class
__ = CloseEvent
5588 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEventPtr
)
5590 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5592 class ShowEvent(Event
):
5593 """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5595 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxShowEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5596 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5598 __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5600 An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5602 newobj
= _core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5603 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5606 def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5607 """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5608 return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5610 def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5611 """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5612 return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5615 class ShowEventPtr(ShowEvent
):
5616 def __init__(self
, this
):
5618 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5619 self
.__class
__ = ShowEvent
5620 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEventPtr
)
5622 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5624 class IconizeEvent(Event
):
5626 An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5630 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIconizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5631 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5633 __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5635 An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5638 newobj
= _core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5639 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5642 def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
):
5644 Iconized(self) -> bool
5646 Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5649 return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
)
5652 class IconizeEventPtr(IconizeEvent
):
5653 def __init__(self
, this
):
5655 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5656 self
.__class
__ = IconizeEvent
5657 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEventPtr
)
5659 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5661 class MaximizeEvent(Event
):
5662 """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5664 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMaximizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5665 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5667 __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5669 An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5671 newobj
= _core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5672 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5676 class MaximizeEventPtr(MaximizeEvent
):
5677 def __init__(self
, this
):
5679 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5680 self
.__class
__ = MaximizeEvent
5681 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEventPtr
)
5683 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5685 class DropFilesEvent(Event
):
5687 This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5688 been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5689 under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5690 dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5692 Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5693 drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5694 implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5697 Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5701 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
5703 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDropFilesEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5704 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5706 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5708 Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5710 return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5712 def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
):
5714 GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5716 Returns the number of files dropped.
5718 return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
)
5720 def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
):
5722 GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5724 Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5726 return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
)
5729 class DropFilesEventPtr(DropFilesEvent
):
5730 def __init__(self
, this
):
5732 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5733 self
.__class
__ = DropFilesEvent
5734 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEventPtr
)
5736 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5738 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5739 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5740 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
):
5742 This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5743 wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5746 Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5747 check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5748 menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5749 mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5750 menu item or button.
5752 With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5753 state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5754 will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5755 worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5756 declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5757 you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5758 update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5760 Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5761 functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5762 determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5765 These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5766 before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5767 any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5769 If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5770 your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5772 1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5773 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5774 wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5775 receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5778 2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5779 value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5780 `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5781 a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5782 delay before windows are updated.
5784 Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5785 handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5786 from an internal idle handler.
5788 wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5789 Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5790 is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5794 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxUpdateUIEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5795 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5797 __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5801 newobj
= _core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5802 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5805 def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
5807 GetChecked(self) -> bool
5809 Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5811 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
5813 def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
5815 GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5817 Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5819 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
5821 def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
5823 GetText(self) -> String
5825 Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5827 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
5829 def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
5831 GetSetText(self) -> bool
5833 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5834 wxWidgets internal use only.
5836 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
5838 def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
5840 GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5842 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5845 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
5847 def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
5849 GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5851 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5854 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
5856 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
5858 Check(self, bool check)
5860 Check or uncheck the UI element.
5862 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
5864 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
5866 Enable(self, bool enable)
5868 Enable or disable the UI element.
5870 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
5872 def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
5874 SetText(self, String text)
5876 Sets the text for this UI element.
5878 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
5880 def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
5882 SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5884 Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5885 disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5888 Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5889 application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5890 greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5891 at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5894 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
5896 SetUpdateInterval
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
)
5897 def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
5899 GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5901 Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5902 disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5904 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
5906 GetUpdateInterval
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
)
5907 def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
):
5909 CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5911 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5914 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5915 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5916 events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5917 determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5918 this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5919 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5920 events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5921 that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5925 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
)
5927 CanUpdate
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
)
5928 def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
):
5932 Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5933 is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5934 is called at the end of idle processing.
5936 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
)
5938 ResetUpdateTime
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
)
5939 def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
5943 Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5944 to those which specify that they will process the events.
5946 The mode may be one of the following values:
5948 ============================= ==========================================
5949 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This
5950 is the default setting.
5951 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that
5952 have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5954 ============================= ==========================================
5957 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
5959 SetMode
= staticmethod(SetMode
)
5960 def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
5964 Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5965 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5968 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
5970 GetMode
= staticmethod(GetMode
)
5972 class UpdateUIEventPtr(UpdateUIEvent
):
5973 def __init__(self
, this
):
5975 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5976 self
.__class
__ = UpdateUIEvent
5977 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEventPtr
)
5979 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
5981 UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5983 Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5984 disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5987 Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5988 application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5989 greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5990 at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5993 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
5995 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
5997 UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5999 Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6000 disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6002 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
6004 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
):
6006 UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6008 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6011 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6012 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6013 events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6014 determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6015 this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6016 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6017 events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6018 that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6022 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
)
6024 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
):
6026 UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6028 Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6029 is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6030 is called at the end of idle processing.
6032 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
)
6034 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6036 UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6038 Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6039 to those which specify that they will process the events.
6041 The mode may be one of the following values:
6043 ============================= ==========================================
6044 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This
6045 is the default setting.
6046 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that
6047 have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6049 ============================= ==========================================
6052 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6054 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6056 UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6058 Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6059 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6062 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6064 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6066 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
):
6068 This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6069 when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6070 panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6072 The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6073 windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6074 intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6075 `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6076 pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6080 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSysColourChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6081 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6083 __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6087 newobj
= _core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6088 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6092 class SysColourChangedEventPtr(SysColourChangedEvent
):
6093 def __init__(self
, this
):
6095 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6096 self
.__class
__ = SysColourChangedEvent
6097 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEventPtr
)
6099 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6101 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
):
6103 An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6104 a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6105 `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6106 this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6107 releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6109 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6112 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6113 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6115 __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6119 newobj
= _core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6120 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6123 def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6125 GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6127 Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6128 non-wxWidgets window.
6130 return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6133 class MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
):
6134 def __init__(self
, this
):
6136 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6137 self
.__class
__ = MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6138 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr
)
6140 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6142 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
):
6144 An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6145 resolution has changed.
6147 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6150 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDisplayChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6151 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6152 """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6153 newobj
= _core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6154 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6158 class DisplayChangedEventPtr(DisplayChangedEvent
):
6159 def __init__(self
, this
):
6161 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6162 self
.__class
__ = DisplayChangedEvent
6163 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEventPtr
)
6165 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6167 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
):
6169 An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6170 changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6173 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6176 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaletteChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6177 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6179 __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6181 An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6182 changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6185 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6187 newobj
= _core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6188 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6191 def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6192 """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6193 return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6195 def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6196 """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6197 return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6200 class PaletteChangedEventPtr(PaletteChangedEvent
):
6201 def __init__(self
, this
):
6203 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6204 self
.__class
__ = PaletteChangedEvent
6205 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEventPtr
)
6207 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6209 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
):
6211 An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6212 focus and should re-do its palette.
6214 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6217 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQueryNewPaletteEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6218 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6220 __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6224 newobj
= _core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6225 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6228 def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
):
6230 SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6232 App should set this if it changes the palette.
6234 return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
)
6236 def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
):
6237 """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6238 return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
)
6241 class QueryNewPaletteEventPtr(QueryNewPaletteEvent
):
6242 def __init__(self
, this
):
6244 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6245 self
.__class
__ = QueryNewPaletteEvent
6246 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEventPtr
)
6248 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6250 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
):
6252 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6253 widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal. You woudl normally not
6254 catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6255 appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6256 it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6257 the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6258 `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6261 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNavigationKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6262 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6263 """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6264 newobj
= _core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6265 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6268 def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
6270 GetDirection(self) -> bool
6272 Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6274 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
6276 def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
6278 SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6280 Specify the direction that the navigation should take. Usually the
6281 difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6283 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
6285 def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
):
6287 IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6289 Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6291 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
)
6293 def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
):
6295 SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6297 Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6298 For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6299 by using Control-Tab.
6301 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
)
6303 def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
):
6305 IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6307 Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6310 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
)
6312 def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
):
6314 SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6316 Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6317 This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6319 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
)
6321 def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
):
6323 SetFlags(self, long flags)
6325 Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6327 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6328 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6329 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6330 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6333 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
)
6335 def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
6337 GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6339 Returns the child window which currenty has the focus. May be
6342 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
6344 def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
6346 SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6348 Set the window that has the focus.
6350 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
6352 IsBackward
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6353 IsForward
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6354 WinChange
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6355 FromTab
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6357 class NavigationKeyEventPtr(NavigationKeyEvent
):
6358 def __init__(self
, this
):
6360 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6361 self
.__class
__ = NavigationKeyEvent
6362 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEventPtr
)
6364 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6366 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
):
6368 The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6369 underlying GUI object) exists.
6372 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowCreateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6373 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6375 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6377 The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6378 underlying GUI object) exists.
6380 newobj
= _core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6381 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6384 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6386 GetWindow(self) -> Window
6388 Returns the window that this event refers to.
6390 return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6393 class WindowCreateEventPtr(WindowCreateEvent
):
6394 def __init__(self
, this
):
6396 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6397 self
.__class
__ = WindowCreateEvent
6398 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEventPtr
)
6400 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
):
6402 The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent right before the window is
6406 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowDestroyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6407 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6409 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6411 The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent right before the window is
6414 newobj
= _core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6415 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6418 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6420 GetWindow(self) -> Window
6422 Returns the window that this event refers to.
6424 return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6427 class WindowDestroyEventPtr(WindowDestroyEvent
):
6428 def __init__(self
, this
):
6430 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6431 self
.__class
__ = WindowDestroyEvent
6432 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEventPtr
)
6434 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6436 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
):
6438 This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6439 give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6442 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxContextMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6443 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6445 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6449 newobj
= _core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6450 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6453 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
6455 GetPosition(self) -> Point
6457 Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6460 return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
6462 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
6464 SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6466 Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6468 return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
6471 class ContextMenuEventPtr(ContextMenuEvent
):
6472 def __init__(self
, this
):
6474 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6475 self
.__class
__ = ContextMenuEvent
6476 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEventPtr
)
6478 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6480 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6481 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6482 class IdleEvent(Event
):
6484 This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6485 when the application *becomes* idle. In other words, the when the
6486 event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6487 default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6488 no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6489 events and then becomes empty again.
6491 By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6492 significant overhead in your application, you can call
6493 `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6494 set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6495 which should receive idle events. Then idle events will only be sent
6496 to those windows and not to any others.
6499 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIdleEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6500 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6502 __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6506 newobj
= _core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6507 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6510 def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
):
6512 RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6514 Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6515 called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6516 application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6517 application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6518 EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6519 loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6522 return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
)
6524 def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
):
6526 MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6528 Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6529 requested more processing time.
6531 return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
)
6533 def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6537 Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6538 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6541 The mode can be one of the following values:
6543 ========================= ========================================
6544 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows
6545 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have
6546 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6548 ========================= ========================================
6551 return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6553 SetMode
= staticmethod(SetMode
)
6554 def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6558 Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6559 idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6560 will process the events.
6562 return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6564 GetMode
= staticmethod(GetMode
)
6565 def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
):
6567 CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6569 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6572 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6573 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6574 events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6575 return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6576 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6577 to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6579 return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
)
6581 CanSend
= staticmethod(CanSend
)
6583 class IdleEventPtr(IdleEvent
):
6584 def __init__(self
, this
):
6586 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6587 self
.__class
__ = IdleEvent
6588 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEventPtr
)
6590 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6592 IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6594 Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6595 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6598 The mode can be one of the following values:
6600 ========================= ========================================
6601 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows
6602 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have
6603 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6605 ========================= ========================================
6608 return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6610 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6612 IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6614 Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6615 idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6616 will process the events.
6618 return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6620 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
):
6622 IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6624 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6627 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6628 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6629 events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6630 return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6631 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6632 to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6634 return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
)
6636 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6638 class PyEvent(Event
):
6640 wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6641 types in Python. You should derived from this class instead of
6642 `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6643 its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6644 them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6646 :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6650 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6651 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6652 """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6653 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6654 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6659 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyEvent
):
6662 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
6665 def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6666 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6667 return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6669 def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6670 """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6671 return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6674 class PyEventPtr(PyEvent
):
6675 def __init__(self
, this
):
6677 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6678 self
.__class
__ = PyEvent
6679 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEventPtr
)
6681 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
):
6683 wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6684 event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6685 windows looking for a handler. You should derived from this class
6686 instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6687 able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6688 system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6694 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6695 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6696 """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6697 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6698 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6703 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
):
6706 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
6709 def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6710 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6711 return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6713 def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6714 """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6715 return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6718 class PyCommandEventPtr(PyCommandEvent
):
6719 def __init__(self
, this
):
6721 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6722 self
.__class
__ = PyCommandEvent
6723 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEventPtr
)
6725 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
):
6727 This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6728 used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6729 for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`. Bind these event types with
6733 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6734 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6735 """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6736 newobj
= _core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6737 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6740 def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
):
6742 GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6746 return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
)
6748 def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
):
6750 SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6752 Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6755 return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
)
6758 class DateEventPtr(DateEvent
):
6759 def __init__(self
, this
):
6761 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6762 self
.__class
__ = DateEvent
6763 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEventPtr
)
6765 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6766 EVT_DATE_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 )
6768 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6770 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6771 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6772 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6773 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6774 PRINT_WINDOWS
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
6775 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6776 class PyApp(EvtHandler
):
6778 The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6779 `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6782 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyApp instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6783 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6785 __init__(self) -> PyApp
6787 Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6789 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
)
6790 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6793 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyApp
, False)
6794 self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False)
6796 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyApp
):
6799 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
6802 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
6803 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6804 return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
6806 def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
):
6808 GetAppName(self) -> String
6810 Get the application name.
6812 return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
)
6814 def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
):
6816 SetAppName(self, String name)
6818 Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6819 `wx.Config` and such.
6821 return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
)
6823 def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
):
6825 GetClassName(self) -> String
6827 Get the application's class name.
6829 return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
)
6831 def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
):
6833 SetClassName(self, String name)
6835 Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6836 X-resources if applicable for the platform
6838 return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
)
6840 def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
):
6842 GetVendorName(self) -> String
6844 Get the application's vendor name.
6846 return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
)
6848 def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
):
6850 SetVendorName(self, String name)
6852 Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6853 automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6855 return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
)
6857 def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
):
6859 GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6861 Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6862 delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6863 user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6864 CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6865 GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6866 differences behind the common facade.
6868 :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6870 return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
)
6872 def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
):
6874 ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6876 Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6877 call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6878 during each event loop iteration.
6880 return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
)
6882 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
):
6884 Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6886 Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6887 until return to the event loop. It is an error to call ``Yield``
6888 recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6890 :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6891 reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6892 result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6893 extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6895 :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6898 return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
)
6900 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
):
6904 Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6905 :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6907 return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
)
6909 def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
):
6911 IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6913 Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6914 currently be dispatched.
6916 return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
)
6918 IsMainLoopRunning
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
)
6919 def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
):
6921 MainLoop(self) -> int
6923 Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6924 all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6926 return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)
6928 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
):
6932 Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6935 return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
)
6937 def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
):
6941 Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6942 loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6944 return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)
6946 def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
):
6948 Pending(self) -> bool
6950 Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6952 return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
)
6954 def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
):
6956 Dispatch(self) -> bool
6958 Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6959 appears if there are none currently)
6961 return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
)
6963 def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
):
6965 ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6967 Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6968 no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6969 parties. Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6971 return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
)
6973 def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
):
6975 SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6977 Send idle event to window and all subwindows. Returns True if more
6978 idle time is requested.
6980 return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
)
6982 def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
6984 IsActive(self) -> bool
6986 Return True if our app has focus.
6988 return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
6990 def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6992 SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6994 Set the *main* top level window
6996 return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6998 def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
7000 GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7002 Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7003 with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7004 there not any, will return None)
7006 return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
7008 def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
):
7010 SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7012 Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7013 loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7014 window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7015 SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7016 explicitly from somewhere.
7018 return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
)
7020 def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
):
7022 GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7024 Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7026 return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
)
7028 def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
):
7030 SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
7032 Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7033 systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7035 return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
)
7037 def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
):
7039 GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7041 Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7043 return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
)
7045 def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7046 """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7047 return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7049 def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7050 """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7051 return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7053 def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7055 SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7057 Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7059 return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7061 def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7063 GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7065 Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7067 return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7069 def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7070 """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7071 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7073 GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
)
7074 def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7075 """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7076 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7078 GetMacAboutMenuItemId
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
)
7079 def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7080 """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7081 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7083 GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
)
7084 def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7085 """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7086 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7088 GetMacExitMenuItemId
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
)
7089 def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7090 """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7091 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7093 GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
)
7094 def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7095 """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7096 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7098 SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
)
7099 def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7100 """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7101 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7103 SetMacAboutMenuItemId
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
)
7104 def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7105 """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7106 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7108 SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
)
7109 def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7110 """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7111 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7113 SetMacExitMenuItemId
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
)
7114 def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7115 """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7116 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7118 SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
)
7119 def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
):
7123 For internal use only
7125 return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
)
7127 def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
):
7129 GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7131 Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7132 it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7134 return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
)
7136 GetComCtl32Version
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
)
7138 class PyAppPtr(PyApp
):
7139 def __init__(self
, this
):
7141 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7142 self
.__class
__ = PyApp
7143 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyAppPtr
)
7145 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
):
7147 PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7149 Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7150 currently be dispatched.
7152 return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
)
7154 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7155 """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7156 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7158 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7159 """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7160 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7162 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7163 """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7164 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7166 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7167 """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7168 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7170 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7171 """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7172 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7174 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7175 """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7176 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7178 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7179 """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7180 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7182 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7183 """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7184 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7186 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7187 """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7188 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7190 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7191 """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7192 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7194 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
):
7196 PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7198 Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7199 it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7201 return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
)
7203 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7206 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
):
7210 Force an exit of the application. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7212 return _core_
.Exit(*args
, **kwargs
)
7214 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
):
7218 Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7220 return _core_
.Yield(*args
, **kwargs
)
7222 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
):
7224 YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7226 Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7228 return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
)
7230 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
):
7232 SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7234 This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7235 user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7236 re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7237 will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7240 :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7242 return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
)
7244 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
):
7248 Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7251 return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
)
7253 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
7255 PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7257 Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7260 return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
7262 def App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
7266 For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7269 return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
7271 def GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
):
7275 Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7277 return _core_
.GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
)
7279 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
):
7281 SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7283 Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7284 Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7286 The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7287 but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7288 may be slightly different on different platforms. For example, please
7289 see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7290 between the common latin/roman encodings.
7292 return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
)
7294 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
):
7296 GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7298 Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7299 convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7301 return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
)
7302 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7304 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
:
7306 A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7307 stderr streams. It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7308 the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7309 and write the text there.
7311 def __init__(self
, title
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7314 self
.pos
= wx
.DefaultPosition
7315 self
.size
= (450, 300)
7318 def SetParent(self
, parent
):
7319 """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7320 self
.parent
= parent
7323 def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
):
7324 self
.frame
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
,
7325 style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
)
7326 self
.text
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "",
7327 style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
)
7328 self
.text
.AppendText(st
)
7329 self
.frame
.Show(True)
7330 EVT_CLOSE(self
.frame
, self
.OnCloseWindow
)
7333 def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
):
7334 if self
.frame
is not None:
7335 self
.frame
.Destroy()
7340 # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7341 def write(self
, text
):
7343 Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7344 If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7345 CallAfter to do the work there.
7347 if self
.frame
is None:
7348 if not wx
.Thread_IsMain():
7349 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
)
7351 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
)
7353 if not wx
.Thread_IsMain():
7354 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
)
7356 self
.text
.AppendText(text
)
7360 if self
.frame
is not None:
7361 wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
)
7369 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7371 _defRedirect
= (wx
.Platform
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform
== '__WXMAC__')
7373 class App(wx
.PyApp
):
7375 The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7377 * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7379 * set and get application-wide properties
7380 * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7381 and to dispatch events to window instances
7384 Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7385 creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7386 ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7387 platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7389 Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7390 ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7391 ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7393 :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7397 outputWindowClass
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7399 def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None,
7400 useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True):
7402 Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7404 :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7405 redirected? Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7406 otherwise. If `filename` is None then output will be
7407 redirected to a window that pops up as needed. (You can
7408 control what kind of window is created for the output by
7409 resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7410 class of your choosing.)
7412 :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7415 :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7416 available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7417 systems that have more than one visual.) This parameter
7418 must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7419 on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7420 toolkit is initialized.
7422 :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared? This allows the
7423 app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7426 :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7427 initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7428 wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7430 wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
)
7432 if wx
.Platform
== "__WXMAC__":
7435 if not MacOS
.WMAvailable():
7437 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7438 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7446 # This has to be done before OnInit
7447 self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
)
7449 # Set the default handler for SIGINT. This fixes a problem
7450 # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7451 # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7452 # KeyboardInterrupt???) but will later segfault on exit. By
7453 # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7454 # expected (depending on platform.)
7458 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
)
7462 # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7463 self
.stdioWin
= None
7464 self
.saveStdio
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
)
7466 self
.RedirectStdio(filename
)
7468 # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7469 wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
)
7471 # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7472 # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7473 self
._BootstrapApp
()
7476 def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__):
7477 self
.RestoreStdio() # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7481 wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
)
7484 def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
):
7485 """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7487 self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
)
7488 wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
)
7492 """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7493 wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
)
7497 def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None):
7498 """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7500 _sys
.stdout
= _sys
.stderr
= open(filename
, 'a')
7502 self
.stdioWin
= self
.outputWindowClass()
7503 _sys
.stdout
= _sys
.stderr
= self
.stdioWin
7506 def RestoreStdio(self
):
7508 _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
= self
.saveStdio
7513 def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None):
7515 Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7516 the stdio has been redirected. This should be called before
7517 any output would cause the output window to be created.
7520 if title
is not None:
7521 self
.stdioWin
.title
= title
7523 self
.stdioWin
.pos
= pos
7524 if size
is not None:
7525 self
.stdioWin
.size
= size
7530 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7531 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7532 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7533 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7534 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7535 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7536 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7537 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7538 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7539 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7540 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7541 App_GetComCtl32Version
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7543 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7545 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
):
7547 A simple application class. You can just create one of these and
7548 then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7549 about OnInit. For example::
7551 app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7552 frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7559 def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None,
7560 useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True):
7562 :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7564 wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
)
7571 # Is anybody using this one?
7572 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
):
7573 def __init__(self
, size
= (250, 100)):
7575 wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0)
7578 self
.frame
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
)
7579 self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
)
7582 def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7583 w
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
)
7584 self
.frame
.Show(True)
7586 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7587 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object. This is how we
7588 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding. When
7589 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7590 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7592 class __wxPyCleanup
:
7594 self
.cleanup
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
7598 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup
= __wxPyCleanup()
7600 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7602 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7605 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7607 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7609 class EventLoop(object):
7610 """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7612 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoop instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7613 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7614 """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7615 newobj
= _core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)
7616 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7619 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoop
):
7622 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7625 def Run(*args
, **kwargs
):
7626 """Run(self) -> int"""
7627 return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
)
7629 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
):
7630 """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7631 return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
)
7633 def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
):
7634 """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7635 return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
)
7637 def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
):
7638 """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7639 return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
)
7641 def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
):
7642 """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7643 return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
)
7645 def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7646 """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7647 return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7649 GetActive
= staticmethod(GetActive
)
7650 def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7651 """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7652 return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7654 SetActive
= staticmethod(SetActive
)
7656 class EventLoopPtr(EventLoop
):
7657 def __init__(self
, this
):
7659 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7660 self
.__class
__ = EventLoop
7661 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoopPtr
)
7663 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7664 """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7665 return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7667 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7668 """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7669 return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7671 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7673 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7675 A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`. wxPython
7676 programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7677 list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7678 as well. See `__init__` for of the tuple values.
7680 :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7683 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorEntry instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7684 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7686 __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7688 Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7690 newobj
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
)
7691 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7694 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
):
7697 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7700 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
7702 Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7704 (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7707 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
7709 def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
):
7711 GetFlags(self) -> int
7713 Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7715 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
)
7717 def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7719 GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7721 Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7723 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7725 def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
):
7727 GetCommand(self) -> int
7729 Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7731 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
)
7734 class AcceleratorEntryPtr(AcceleratorEntry
):
7735 def __init__(self
, this
):
7737 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7738 self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorEntry
7739 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntryPtr
)
7741 class AcceleratorTable(Object
):
7743 An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7744 keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7745 button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7749 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorTable instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7750 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7752 __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7754 Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7755 items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7757 :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7759 newobj
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)
7760 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7763 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
):
7766 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7769 def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
):
7770 """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7771 return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
)
7774 class AcceleratorTablePtr(AcceleratorTable
):
7775 def __init__(self
, this
):
7777 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7778 self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorTable
7779 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTablePtr
)
7782 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
):
7783 """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7784 return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
)
7785 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7787 class VisualAttributes(object):
7788 """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7790 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxVisualAttributes instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7791 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7793 __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7795 struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7797 newobj
= _core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
7798 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7801 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
):
7804 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7807 font
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
)
7808 colFg
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
)
7809 colBg
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
)
7811 class VisualAttributesPtr(VisualAttributes
):
7812 def __init__(self
, this
):
7814 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7815 self
.__class
__ = VisualAttributes
7816 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributesPtr
)
7817 NullAcceleratorTable
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
7818 PanelNameStr
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
7820 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7821 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7822 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7823 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7824 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7825 class Window(EvtHandler
):
7827 wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7828 object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7829 wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7830 appear on screen themselves.
7834 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindow instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7835 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7837 __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7838 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7840 Construct and show a generic Window.
7842 newobj
= _core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
)
7843 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7846 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
7848 def Create(*args
, **kwargs
):
7850 Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7851 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7853 Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7855 return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
)
7857 def Close(*args
, **kwargs
):
7859 Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7861 This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7862 tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7863 however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7864 handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7866 return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
)
7868 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
7870 Destroy(self) -> bool
7872 Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7873 immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7874 of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7875 have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7876 non-existent windows.
7878 Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7879 has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7881 return _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
7883 def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
):
7885 DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7887 Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7890 return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
)
7892 def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
):
7894 IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7896 Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7898 return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
)
7900 def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
):
7902 SetTitle(self, String title)
7904 Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.
7906 return _core_
.Window_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
)
7908 def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
):
7910 GetTitle(self) -> String
7912 Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.
7914 return _core_
.Window_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
)
7916 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
7918 SetLabel(self, String label)
7920 Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7922 return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
7924 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
7926 GetLabel(self) -> String
7928 Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7929 purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7930 class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7931 buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7932 can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7933 access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7935 return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
7937 def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7939 SetName(self, String name)
7941 Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting
7942 in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7944 return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7946 def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7948 GetName(self) -> String
7950 Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7951 it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7952 constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7954 return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7956 def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
):
7958 SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7960 Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7961 the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7963 return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
)
7965 def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
):
7966 """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7967 return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
)
7969 def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7971 SetId(self, int winid)
7973 Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer
7974 identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7975 will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7976 creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7978 return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7980 def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7984 Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer
7985 identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7986 -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7989 return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7991 def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7993 NewControlId() -> int
7995 Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7997 return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7999 NewControlId
= staticmethod(NewControlId
)
8000 def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
8002 NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8004 Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8007 return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
8009 NextControlId
= staticmethod(NextControlId
)
8010 def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
8012 PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8014 Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8017 return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
8019 PrevControlId
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
)
8020 def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8022 SetSize(self, Size size)
8024 Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8026 return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8028 def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
):
8030 SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8032 Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags
8033 parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8036 ======================== ======================================
8037 wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8038 default should be used.
8039 wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if
8040 -1 values are supplied.
8041 wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8042 interpreted as real dimensions, not
8044 ======================== ======================================
8047 return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
)
8049 def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8051 SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8053 Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8055 return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8057 def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
8059 SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8061 Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8063 return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
8065 def Move(*args
, **kwargs
):
8067 Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8069 Moves the window to the given position.
8071 return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
)
8074 def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
8076 MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8078 Moves the window to the given position.
8080 return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
8082 def SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8084 SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8086 A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8087 window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8089 return _core_
.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8091 def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
):
8095 Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy if it is a
8096 managed window (dialog or frame).
8098 return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
)
8100 def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
):
8104 Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy if it is a
8105 managed window (dialog or frame).
8107 return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
)
8109 def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8111 SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8113 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8114 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8115 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8116 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8117 around panel items, for example.
8119 return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8121 def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
8123 SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8125 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8126 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8127 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8128 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8129 around panel items, for example.
8131 return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
8133 def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8135 SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8137 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8138 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8139 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8140 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8141 around panel items, for example.
8143 return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8145 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
8147 GetPosition(self) -> Point
8149 Get the window's position.
8151 return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
8153 def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8155 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8157 Get the window's position.
8159 return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8161 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8163 GetSize(self) -> Size
8165 Get the window size.
8167 return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8169 def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8171 GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8173 Get the window size.
8175 return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8177 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8179 GetRect(self) -> Rect
8181 Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.
8183 return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8185 def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8187 GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8189 This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8190 area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8191 title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8193 return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8195 def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8197 GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8199 This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8200 area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8201 title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8203 return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8205 def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
):
8207 GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8209 Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8210 window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8211 the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8213 return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
)
8215 def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8217 GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8219 Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8221 return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8223 def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8225 GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8227 This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8228 window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8229 be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8230 windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8231 this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8234 return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8236 def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8238 GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8240 This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8241 window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8242 be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8243 windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8244 this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8247 return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8249 def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8251 InvalidateBestSize(self)
8253 Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8256 return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8258 def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8260 CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8262 Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8263 some properties of the window change.)
8265 return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8267 def GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8269 GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8271 This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8272 minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8276 return _core_
.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8278 def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8280 GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8282 This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8283 thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8284 window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8285 user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8286 should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8289 return _core_
.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8291 def Center(*args
, **kwargs
):
8293 Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8295 Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for
8296 cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8297 also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8298 on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a
8299 top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8300 relative to the screen.
8302 return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
)
8305 def CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
8307 CenterOnScreen(self, int dir=BOTH)
8309 Center on screen (only works for top level windows)
8311 return _core_
.Window_CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
8313 CentreOnScreen
= CenterOnScreen
8314 def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
8316 CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8318 Center with respect to the the parent window
8320 return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
8322 CentreOnParent
= CenterOnParent
8323 def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
):
8327 Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8328 won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8329 correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8330 window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8331 is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8332 its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8333 instead of calling Fit.
8335 return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
)
8337 def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
):
8341 Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8342 window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8343 sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8344 windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8345 anything if there are no subwindows.
8347 return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
)
8349 def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
8351 SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8354 Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8355 size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8356 default values will be used. If this function is called, the user
8357 will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8358 a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8359 and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8361 The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8363 return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
8365 def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
):
8367 SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8369 Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8370 size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8371 default values will be used. If this function is called, the user
8372 will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8373 a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8374 and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8376 The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8378 return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
)
8380 def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
8382 SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8384 Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8385 pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8386 used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8387 the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8389 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
8391 def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
):
8393 SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8395 Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8396 pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8397 used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8398 the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8400 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
)
8402 def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8403 """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8404 return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8406 def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8407 """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8408 return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8410 def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8412 SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8414 A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8417 return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8419 def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8421 SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8423 A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8426 return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8428 def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
8429 """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8430 return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
8432 def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
8433 """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8434 return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
8436 def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
8437 """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8438 return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
8440 def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
8441 """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8442 return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
8444 def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8446 SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8448 Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this
8449 is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8450 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8452 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8454 def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
8456 SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8458 Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this
8459 is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8460 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8462 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
8464 def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8466 GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8468 Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows
8469 this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8470 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8472 return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8474 def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8476 GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8478 Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows
8479 this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8480 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8482 return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8484 def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8486 GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8488 Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8489 sizer, interior children, or other means)
8491 return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8493 def Show(*args
, **kwargs
):
8495 Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8497 Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8498 window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8499 Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if
8500 the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8501 because it already was in the requested state.
8503 return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
)
8505 def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
):
8509 Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8511 return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
)
8513 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
8515 Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8517 Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8518 window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8519 are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window
8520 has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8521 window had already been in the specified state.
8523 return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
8525 def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
):
8527 Disable(self) -> bool
8529 Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8531 return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
)
8533 def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
):
8535 IsShown(self) -> bool
8537 Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8539 return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
)
8541 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
8543 IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8545 Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8547 return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
8549 def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
8551 SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8553 Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8554 changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8555 called after changing the others for the change to take place
8558 return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
8560 def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
8562 GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8564 Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8567 return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
8569 SetWindowStyle
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle
= GetWindowStyleFlag
8570 def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
8572 HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8574 Test if the given style is set for this window.
8576 return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
8578 def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
):
8580 IsRetained(self) -> bool
8582 Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained
8583 windows are only available on X platforms.
8585 return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
)
8587 def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
8589 SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8591 Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less
8592 often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8593 SetWindowStyleFlag()
8595 return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
8597 def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
8599 GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8601 Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8603 return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
8605 def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
):
8607 MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8609 Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8610 only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this
8613 return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
)
8615 def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
8617 SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8619 This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8620 code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8621 drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8622 the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8623 GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8624 user's selected theme.
8626 Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8627 by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8629 return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
8631 def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
8633 GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8635 Return the themeEnabled flag.
8637 return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
8639 def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
8643 Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8645 return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
8647 def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
):
8649 SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8651 Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally
8652 only called internally.
8654 return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
)
8656 def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
8658 FindFocus() -> Window
8660 Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8663 return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
8665 FindFocus
= staticmethod(FindFocus
)
8666 def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
8668 AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8670 Can this window have focus?
8672 return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
8674 def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
):
8676 AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8678 Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8679 only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8682 return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
)
8684 def GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
8686 GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8688 Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8689 by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8691 return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
8693 def SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
8695 SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8697 Set this child as default, return the old default.
8699 return _core_
.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
8701 def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
8703 SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8705 Set this child as temporary default
8707 return _core_
.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
8709 def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
):
8711 Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8713 Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8714 `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8716 return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
)
8718 def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
):
8720 MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8722 Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8723 sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8724 that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8726 The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function
8727 and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8731 return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
)
8733 def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
):
8735 MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8737 Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8738 before win instead of putting it right after it.
8740 return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
)
8742 def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
):
8744 GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8746 Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a
8747 copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8748 value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8751 return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
)
8753 def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
8755 GetParent(self) -> Window
8757 Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8759 return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
8761 def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
8763 GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8765 Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8768 return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
8770 def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
):
8772 IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8774 Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8775 frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8776 if they have a parent window).
8778 return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
)
8780 def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
):
8782 Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8784 Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8785 parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8786 re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True
8787 if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8790 return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
)
8792 def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
):
8794 AddChild(self, Window child)
8796 Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8797 functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8799 return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
)
8801 def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
):
8803 RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8805 Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8806 deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8809 return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
)
8811 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
):
8813 FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8815 Find a chld of this window by window ID
8817 return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
)
8819 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
):
8821 FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8823 Find a child of this window by name
8825 return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
)
8827 def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
8829 GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8831 Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8832 its own event handler.
8834 return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
8836 def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
8838 SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8840 Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object
8841 that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8842 the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8843 substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8844 event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8846 It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8847 up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8848 handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8850 return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
8852 def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
8854 PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8856 Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8857 An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8858 sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8859 an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8860 central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8863 wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8864 event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8865 handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8866 remove the event handler.
8868 return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
8870 def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
8872 PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8874 Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8875 stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8876 destroyed after it is popped.
8878 return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
8880 def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
8882 RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8884 Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8885 delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8886 and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8887 function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8890 return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
8892 def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
):
8894 SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8896 Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8897 having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8900 return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)
8902 def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
):
8904 GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8906 Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8909 return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)
8911 def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
):
8913 Validate(self) -> bool
8915 Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8916 validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8917 style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8918 windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8920 return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
)
8922 def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
8924 TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8926 Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8927 validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8928 style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8931 return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
8933 def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
8935 TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8937 Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8938 validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has
8939 wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8940 also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8942 return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
8944 def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
):
8948 Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8949 to the dialog via validators.
8951 return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
)
8953 def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
):
8955 SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8957 Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8959 return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)
8961 def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
):
8963 GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8965 Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8967 return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)
8969 def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
8971 RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8973 Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8974 registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8975 receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8976 does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8977 other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8978 use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the
8979 hotkey was registered successfully.
8981 return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
8983 def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
8985 UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8987 Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8989 return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
8991 def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
):
8993 ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8995 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
8996 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8997 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8998 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8999 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9002 return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
)
9004 def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
):
9006 ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9008 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9009 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9010 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9011 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9012 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9015 return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
)
9017 def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
):
9019 DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9021 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9022 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9023 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9024 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9025 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9028 return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
)
9030 def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
):
9032 DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9034 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9035 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9036 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9037 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9038 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9041 return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
)
9043 def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
):
9044 """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9045 return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
)
9047 def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
):
9048 """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9049 return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
)
9051 def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
):
9053 WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9055 Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9057 NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9058 Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9060 return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
)
9062 def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
):
9066 Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9067 release the capture.
9069 Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9070 mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9071 which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9072 there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9073 release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
9075 return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
)
9077 def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
):
9081 Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9083 return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
)
9085 def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
):
9087 GetCapture() -> Window
9089 Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9091 return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
)
9093 GetCapture
= staticmethod(GetCapture
)
9094 def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
):
9096 HasCapture(self) -> bool
9098 Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9100 return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
)
9102 def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
):
9104 Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9106 Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9107 will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9110 return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
)
9112 def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
9114 RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9116 Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9117 be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9119 return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
9121 def Update(*args
, **kwargs
):
9125 Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9126 window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9127 this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9128 event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9129 does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh
9130 first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9131 it) unconditionally.
9133 return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
)
9135 def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
):
9137 ClearBackground(self)
9139 Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9140 colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9142 return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
)
9144 def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
):
9148 Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9149 taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9150 called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9151 nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9154 This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9155 it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9156 a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9157 for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9158 mandatory directive.
9160 return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
)
9162 def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
):
9166 Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to
9167 Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9168 times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9170 return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
)
9172 def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
):
9174 PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9176 Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9177 scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9180 return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
)
9182 def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
):
9184 GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9186 Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9187 damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9189 return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
)
9191 def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
9193 GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9195 Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9197 return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
9199 def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
):
9201 IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9203 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9204 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9205 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9208 return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
)
9210 def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
):
9212 IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9214 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9215 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9216 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9219 return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
9221 def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
9223 IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9225 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9226 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9227 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9230 return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
9232 def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
9234 GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9236 Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is
9237 useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9238 as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9239 coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9240 place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9242 return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
9244 def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
9246 GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9248 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
9249 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9250 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9251 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9252 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9254 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9255 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9256 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9259 return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
9261 GetClassDefaultAttributes
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
)
9262 def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9264 SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9266 Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour
9267 was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default
9268 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9269 automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9270 to the default background colour.
9272 Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9273 refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9274 calling this function.
9276 Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9277 window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the
9278 themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9279 applications on the system.
9281 return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9283 def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9284 """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9285 return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9287 def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9289 SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9291 Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour
9292 was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9293 the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9296 return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9298 def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9299 """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9300 return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9302 def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9304 GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9306 Returns the background colour of the window.
9308 return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9310 def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9312 GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9314 Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of
9315 foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9316 colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9318 return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9320 def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9321 """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9322 return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9324 def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
9325 """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9326 return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
9328 def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9330 SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9332 Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9333 indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9335 ====================== ========================================
9336 wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should
9337 be determined by the system
9338 wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour
9339 wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the
9341 ====================== ========================================
9343 On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9344 a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9345 no effect on other platforms.
9347 :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9349 return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9351 def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9353 GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9355 Returns the background style of the window.
9357 :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9359 return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9361 def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
):
9363 HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9365 Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9366 example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9369 This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9370 normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9371 it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9374 return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
)
9376 def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
9378 SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9380 Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9381 for the children of the window implicitly.
9383 The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9384 be reset back to default.
9386 return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
9388 def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
9390 GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9392 Return the cursor associated with this window.
9394 return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
9396 def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
9398 SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9400 Sets the font for this window.
9402 return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
9404 def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
9405 """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9406 return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
9408 def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
9410 GetFont(self) -> Font
9412 Returns the default font used for this window.
9414 return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
9416 def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
):
9418 SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9420 Sets the caret associated with the window.
9422 return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
)
9424 def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
):
9426 GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9428 Returns the caret associated with the window.
9430 return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
)
9432 def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
9434 GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9436 Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9438 return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
9440 def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
9442 GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9444 Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9446 return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
9448 def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
):
9450 GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9452 Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9454 return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
)
9456 def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
):
9458 GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9459 (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9461 Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9462 current or specified font.
9464 return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
)
9466 def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9468 ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9470 Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9472 return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9474 def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9476 ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9478 Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9480 return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9482 def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
9484 ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9486 Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9488 return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
9490 def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
):
9492 ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9494 Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9496 return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
)
9498 def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9500 HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9502 Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9504 return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9506 def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
):
9508 HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9510 Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9512 return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
)
9514 def GetBorder(*args
):
9516 GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9517 GetBorder(self) -> int
9519 Get border for the flags of this window
9521 return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
)
9523 def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
):
9525 UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9527 This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9528 implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9529 send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9530 send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9531 function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9532 a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9533 concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9534 `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9535 limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9538 return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
)
9540 def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9542 PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9544 Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9545 and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9546 selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9547 usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the
9548 mouse cursor will be used.
9550 return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9552 def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
9554 PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9556 Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9557 and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9558 selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9559 usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the
9560 mouse cursor will be used.
9562 return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
9564 def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9566 GetHandle(self) -> long
9568 Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9569 physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9570 toplevel parent of the window.
9572 return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9574 def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9576 AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9578 Associate the window with a new native handle
9580 return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9582 def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9584 DissociateHandle(self)
9586 Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9588 return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9590 def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
):
9592 HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9594 Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9596 return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
)
9598 def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
):
9600 SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9603 Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9605 return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
)
9607 def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
9609 SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9611 Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9613 return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
9615 def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
9617 GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9619 Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9621 return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
9623 def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
):
9625 GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9627 Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9629 return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
)
9631 def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
):
9633 GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9635 Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9637 return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
)
9639 def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
9641 ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9643 Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9644 accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9645 implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9646 it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9648 return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
9650 def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
):
9652 ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9654 If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9655 the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9656 is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9657 already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9659 return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
)
9661 def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
):
9663 ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9665 If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9666 the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9667 is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9668 already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9670 return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
)
9672 def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
9674 LineUp(self) -> bool
9676 This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9678 return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
9680 def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
9682 LineDown(self) -> bool
9684 This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9686 return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
9688 def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
9690 PageUp(self) -> bool
9692 This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9694 return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
9696 def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
9698 PageDown(self) -> bool
9700 This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9702 return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
9704 def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
):
9706 SetHelpText(self, String text)
9708 Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9709 window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9710 wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9712 return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
)
9714 def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
):
9716 SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9718 Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9721 return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
)
9723 def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
):
9725 GetHelpText(self) -> String
9727 Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9728 window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9729 wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9731 return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
)
9733 def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
):
9735 SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9737 Attach a tooltip to the window.
9739 return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
)
9741 def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
):
9743 SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9745 Attach a tooltip to the window.
9747 return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
)
9749 def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
):
9751 GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9753 get the associated tooltip or None if none
9755 return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
)
9757 def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
):
9759 SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9761 Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has
9762 a drop target, it is deleted.
9764 return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
)
9766 def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
):
9768 GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9770 Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9772 return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
)
9774 def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
):
9776 DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9778 Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9779 Only functional on Windows.
9781 return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
)
9783 def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
):
9785 SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9787 Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9788 layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9789 deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9792 You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9793 automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9794 handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9795 both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9798 return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
9800 def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
):
9802 GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9804 Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9807 return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
9809 def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
):
9811 SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9813 Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9814 when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but
9815 if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the
9816 window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9818 return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
)
9820 def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
):
9822 GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9824 Returns the current autoLayout setting
9826 return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
)
9828 def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
):
9830 Layout(self) -> bool
9832 Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9833 algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9834 this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9835 handler when the window is resized.
9837 return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
)
9839 def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
9841 SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9843 Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9844 own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9845 layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9846 if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9847 call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9848 non-None, and False otherwise.
9850 return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
9852 def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
):
9854 SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9856 The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9857 window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9859 return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
)
9861 def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
9863 GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9865 Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9866 SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9868 return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
9870 def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
9872 SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9874 This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9875 called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9876 the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9878 return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
9880 def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
9882 GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9884 Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9886 return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
9888 def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
9890 InheritAttributes(self)
9892 This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9893 during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9894 attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9897 By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9898 their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9899 attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9900 SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9901 explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9902 value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9903 ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9904 no matter what and only the font might.
9906 This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9907 different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9908 attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9909 in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9910 than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9911 parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9912 the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9913 colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9917 return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
9919 def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
):
9921 ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9923 Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9924 changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9925 from the parent window.
9927 The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9928 wxControl where it returns true.
9930 return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
)
9932 def PostCreate(self
, pre
):
9934 Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9935 Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9937 self
.this
= pre
.this
9938 self
.thisown
= pre
.thisown
9940 if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'):
9941 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
9942 if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9943 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
.__class
__)
9946 class WindowPtr(Window
):
9947 def __init__(self
, this
):
9949 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
9950 self
.__class
__ = Window
9951 _core_
.Window_swigregister(WindowPtr
)
9953 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
9955 PreWindow() -> Window
9957 Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9959 val
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
9963 def Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
9965 Window_NewControlId() -> int
9967 Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9969 return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
9971 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
9973 Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9975 Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9978 return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
9980 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
9982 Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9984 Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9987 return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
9989 def Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
9991 Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9993 Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9996 return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
9998 def Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
):
10000 Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10002 Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10004 return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
)
10006 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
10008 Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10010 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
10011 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10012 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10013 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10014 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10016 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10017 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10018 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10021 return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
10023 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None):
10025 Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10026 dialog units to pixel units.
10029 return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
)
10031 return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
))
10033 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None):
10035 Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10036 dialog units to pixel units.
10039 return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
)
10041 return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
))
10044 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
):
10046 FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10048 Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10049 is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10050 boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10051 hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10053 return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
)
10055 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
):
10057 FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10059 Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10060 function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10061 top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10062 limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10065 If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10067 return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
)
10069 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10071 FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10073 Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10074 may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10075 search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10076 non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10077 hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10079 return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10081 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
):
10082 """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10083 return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
)
10085 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
):
10087 GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10089 Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10090 dialogs, etc.) NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10091 by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10092 are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10095 return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
)
10096 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10098 class Validator(EvtHandler
):
10099 """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10100 def __repr__(self
):
10101 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10102 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10103 """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10104 newobj
= _core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10105 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10108 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10110 def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
):
10111 """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10112 return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
)
10114 def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
):
10115 """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10116 return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
)
10118 def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10119 """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10120 return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10122 def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10123 """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10124 return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10126 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10127 """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10128 return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10130 def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10131 """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10132 return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10134 def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10135 """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10136 return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10138 IsSilent
= staticmethod(IsSilent
)
10139 def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
):
10140 """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10141 return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
)
10143 SetBellOnError
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
)
10145 class ValidatorPtr(Validator
):
10146 def __init__(self
, this
):
10148 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10149 self
.__class
__ = Validator
10150 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(ValidatorPtr
)
10152 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10153 """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10154 return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10156 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
):
10157 """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10158 return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
)
10160 class PyValidator(Validator
):
10161 """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10162 def __repr__(self
):
10163 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10164 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10165 """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10166 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10167 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10171 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyValidator
, 1)
10172 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10174 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
10175 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10176 return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
10179 class PyValidatorPtr(PyValidator
):
10180 def __init__(self
, this
):
10182 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10183 self
.__class
__ = PyValidator
10184 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidatorPtr
)
10186 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10188 class Menu(EvtHandler
):
10189 """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10190 def __repr__(self
):
10191 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenu instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10192 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10193 """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10194 newobj
= _core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10195 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10198 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10200 def Append(*args
, **kwargs
):
10201 """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10202 return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
)
10204 def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10205 """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10206 return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10208 def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10209 """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10210 return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10212 def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10213 """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10214 return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10216 def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10217 """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10218 return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10220 def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10221 """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10222 return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10224 def Break(*args
, **kwargs
):
10226 return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
)
10228 def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10229 """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10230 return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10232 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
10234 Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
10235 int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10237 return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
10239 def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10240 """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10241 return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10243 def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10244 """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10245 return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10247 def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10248 """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10249 return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10251 def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10252 """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10253 return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10255 def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10256 """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10257 return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10259 def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
):
10260 """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10261 return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
)
10263 def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10264 """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10265 return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10267 def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10268 """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10269 return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10271 def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10272 """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10273 return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10275 def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10276 """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10277 return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10279 def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
):
10280 """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10281 return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
)
10283 def RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10284 """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10285 return _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10287 def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
):
10288 """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10289 return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
)
10291 def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10292 """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10293 return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10295 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
10299 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10301 return _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
10303 def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10305 DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10307 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10309 return _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10311 def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10313 DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10315 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10317 return _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10319 def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
10320 """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10321 return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
10323 def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
):
10324 """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10325 return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
)
10327 def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10328 """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10329 return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10331 def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
):
10332 """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10333 return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
)
10335 def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
10336 """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10337 return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
10339 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10340 """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10341 return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10343 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
10344 """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10345 return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
10347 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
10348 """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10349 return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
10351 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
10352 """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10353 return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
10355 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10356 """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10357 return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10359 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10360 """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10361 return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10363 def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10364 """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10365 return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10367 def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10368 """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10369 return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10371 def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10372 """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10373 return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10375 def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10376 """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10377 return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10379 def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
10380 """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10381 return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
10383 def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
10384 """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10385 return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
10387 def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10388 """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10389 return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10391 def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10392 """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10393 return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10395 def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10396 """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10397 return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10399 def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
):
10400 """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10401 return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
)
10403 def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
):
10404 """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10405 return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
)
10407 def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10408 """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10409 return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10411 def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10413 return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10415 def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
):
10416 """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10417 return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
)
10419 def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10420 """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10421 return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10423 def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10424 """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10425 return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10428 class MenuPtr(Menu
):
10429 def __init__(self
, this
):
10431 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10432 self
.__class
__ = Menu
10433 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(MenuPtr
)
10434 DefaultValidator
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
10436 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10438 class MenuBar(Window
):
10439 """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10440 def __repr__(self
):
10441 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuBar instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10442 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10443 """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10444 newobj
= _core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
)
10445 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10448 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10450 def Append(*args
, **kwargs
):
10451 """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10452 return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
)
10454 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
10455 """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10456 return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
10458 def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
10459 """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10460 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
10462 def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10463 """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10464 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10466 def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
):
10467 """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10468 return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
)
10470 def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
):
10471 """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10472 return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
)
10474 def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10475 """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10476 return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10478 def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10479 """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10480 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10482 def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10483 """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10484 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10486 def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10487 """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10488 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10490 def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10491 """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10492 return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10494 def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
):
10495 """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10496 return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
)
10498 def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10499 """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10500 return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10502 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10503 """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10504 return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10506 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
10507 """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10508 return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
10510 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
10511 """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10512 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
10514 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
10515 """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10516 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
10518 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10519 """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10520 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10522 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10523 """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10524 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10526 def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10527 """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10528 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10530 def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10531 """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10532 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10534 def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
):
10535 """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10536 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
)
10538 def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
):
10539 """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10540 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
)
10542 def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10543 """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10544 return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10546 def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10548 return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10550 def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10551 """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10552 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10554 SetAutoWindowMenu
= staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu
)
10555 def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10556 """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10557 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10559 GetAutoWindowMenu
= staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu
)
10561 class MenuBarPtr(MenuBar
):
10562 def __init__(self
, this
):
10564 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10565 self
.__class
__ = MenuBar
10566 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBarPtr
)
10568 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10569 """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10570 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10572 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10573 """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10574 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10576 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10578 class MenuItem(Object
):
10579 """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10580 def __repr__(self
):
10581 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10582 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10584 __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10585 String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10586 Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10588 newobj
= _core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10589 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10592 def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10593 """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10594 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10596 def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10597 """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10598 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10600 def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10601 """SetId(self, int id)"""
10602 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10604 def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10605 """GetId(self) -> int"""
10606 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10608 def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10609 """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10610 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10612 def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
10613 """SetText(self, String str)"""
10614 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
10616 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10617 """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10618 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10620 def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
10621 """GetText(self) -> String"""
10622 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
10624 def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
):
10625 """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10626 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
)
10628 GetLabelFromText
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
)
10629 def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
):
10630 """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10631 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
)
10633 def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
):
10634 """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10635 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
)
10637 def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10638 """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10639 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10641 def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10642 """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10643 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10645 def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10646 """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10647 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10649 def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10650 """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10651 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10653 def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10654 """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10655 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10657 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10658 """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10659 return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10661 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
10662 """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10663 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
10665 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
10666 """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10667 return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
10669 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
10670 """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10671 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
10673 def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10675 return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10677 def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
):
10678 """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10679 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
)
10681 def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
):
10682 """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10683 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
)
10685 def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10686 """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10687 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10689 def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10690 """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10691 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10693 def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
10694 """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10695 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
10697 def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
10698 """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10699 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
10701 def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10702 """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10703 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10705 def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10706 """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10707 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10709 def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10710 """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10711 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10713 def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10714 """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10715 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10717 def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
):
10718 """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10719 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
)
10721 def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10722 """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10723 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10725 def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10726 """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10727 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10729 def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
10730 """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10731 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
10733 def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
10734 """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10735 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
10737 def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
10738 """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10739 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
10741 GetDefaultMarginWidth
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
)
10742 def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
):
10743 """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10744 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
)
10746 def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
):
10747 """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10748 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
)
10750 def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
):
10751 """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10752 return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
)
10754 def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10755 """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10756 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10758 def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10759 """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10760 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10763 class MenuItemPtr(MenuItem
):
10764 def __init__(self
, this
):
10766 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10767 self
.__class
__ = MenuItem
10768 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItemPtr
)
10770 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
):
10771 """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10772 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
)
10774 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
10775 """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10776 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
10778 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10780 class Control(Window
):
10782 This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10784 A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10785 and/or displays one or more item of data.
10787 def __repr__(self
):
10788 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControl instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10789 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10791 __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10792 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10793 String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10795 Create a Control. Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10796 __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10798 newobj
= _core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
)
10799 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10802 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10804 def Create(*args
, **kwargs
):
10806 Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10807 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10808 String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10810 Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10812 return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
)
10814 def Command(*args
, **kwargs
):
10816 Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10818 Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10820 :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10823 return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
)
10825 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10827 GetLabel(self) -> String
10829 Return a control's text.
10831 return _core_
.Control_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10833 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10835 SetLabel(self, String label)
10837 Sets the item's text.
10839 return _core_
.Control_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10841 def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
10843 GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10845 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
10846 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10847 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10848 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10849 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10851 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10852 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10853 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10856 return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
10858 GetClassDefaultAttributes
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
)
10860 class ControlPtr(Control
):
10861 def __init__(self
, this
):
10863 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10864 self
.__class
__ = Control
10865 _core_
.Control_swigregister(ControlPtr
)
10866 ControlNameStr
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
10868 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
):
10870 PreControl() -> Control
10872 Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10874 val
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
)
10878 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
10880 Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10882 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
10883 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10884 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10885 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10886 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10888 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10889 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10890 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10893 return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
10895 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10897 class ItemContainer(object):
10899 The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10900 by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10901 selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10902 as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10905 It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10906 each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10907 all conform to the same interface.
10909 The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10910 optionally, client data associated with them.
10913 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
10914 def __repr__(self
):
10915 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxItemContainer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10916 def Append(*args
, **kwargs
):
10918 Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10920 Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10921 if not None. The return value is the index of the newly added item
10922 which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10923 has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10925 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
)
10927 def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
):
10929 AppendItems(self, List strings)
10931 Apend several items at once to the control. Notice that calling this
10932 method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10933 need to add a lot of items.
10935 return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
)
10937 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
10939 Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10941 Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10942 optionally associating some data object with the item.
10944 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
10946 def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
):
10950 Removes all items from the control.
10952 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
)
10954 def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
):
10956 Delete(self, int n)
10958 Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10959 that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10960 enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10961 than the number of items in the control.
10963 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
)
10965 def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
):
10967 GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
10969 Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10971 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
)
10973 def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
):
10975 SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
10977 Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10979 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
)
10981 def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
10983 GetCount(self) -> int
10985 Returns the number of items in the control.
10987 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
10989 def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
):
10991 IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10993 Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10995 return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
)
10997 def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10999 GetString(self, int n) -> String
11001 Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11003 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
11005 def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
):
11006 """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11007 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
)
11009 def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
11011 SetString(self, int n, String s)
11013 Sets the label for the given item.
11015 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
11017 def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
):
11019 FindString(self, String s) -> int
11021 Finds an item whose label matches the given string. Returns the
11022 zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11025 return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
)
11027 def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11029 SetSelection(self, int n)
11031 Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11033 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11035 def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11037 GetSelection(self) -> int
11039 Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11042 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11044 def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11045 """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11046 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11048 def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11050 GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11052 Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11055 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11057 def Select(*args
, **kwargs
):
11059 Select(self, int n)
11061 This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11062 slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11064 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
)
11067 class ItemContainerPtr(ItemContainer
):
11068 def __init__(self
, this
):
11070 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11071 self
.__class
__ = ItemContainer
11072 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainerPtr
)
11074 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11076 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
):
11078 wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11079 wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11082 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
11083 def __repr__(self
):
11084 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControlWithItems instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11086 class ControlWithItemsPtr(ControlWithItems
):
11087 def __init__(self
, this
):
11089 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11090 self
.__class
__ = ControlWithItems
11091 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItemsPtr
)
11093 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11095 class SizerItem(Object
):
11097 The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11098 attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user
11099 code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but
11100 custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the
11101 collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout.
11103 :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11105 def __repr__(self
):
11106 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11107 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
11109 __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11111 Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer
11112 size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11114 You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11115 are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11116 methods are called.
11118 :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11120 newobj
= _core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11121 self
.this
= newobj
.this
11124 def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
):
11126 DeleteWindows(self)
11128 Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11131 return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
)
11133 def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11137 Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11139 return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11141 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11143 GetSize(self) -> Size
11145 Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11147 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11149 def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
):
11151 CalcMin(self) -> Size
11153 Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11156 return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
)
11158 def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
):
11160 SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11162 Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11163 sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11164 subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11167 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
)
11169 def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11171 GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11173 Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11175 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11177 def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
):
11179 GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11181 Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11184 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
)
11186 def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11187 """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11188 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11190 def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
11192 SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11194 Set the ratio item attribute.
11196 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
11198 def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11200 SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11202 Set the ratio item attribute.
11204 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11206 def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
):
11208 SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11210 Set the ratio item attribute.
11212 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
)
11214 def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
):
11216 GetRatio(self) -> float
11218 Set the ratio item attribute.
11220 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
)
11222 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
11224 GetRect(self) -> Rect
11226 Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11228 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
11230 def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11232 IsWindow(self) -> bool
11234 Is this sizer item a window?
11236 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11238 def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11240 IsSizer(self) -> bool
11242 Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11244 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11246 def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11248 IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11250 Is this sizer item a spacer?
11252 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11254 def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
):
11256 SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11258 Set the proportion value for this item.
11260 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
)
11262 def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
):
11264 GetProportion(self) -> int
11266 Get the proportion value for this item.
11268 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
)
11270 SetOption
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11271 GetOption
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11272 def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
11274 SetFlag(self, int flag)
11276 Set the flag value for this item.
11278 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
11280 def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
11282 GetFlag(self) -> int
11284 Get the flag value for this item.
11286 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
11288 def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
):
11290 SetBorder(self, int border)
11292 Set the border value for this item.
11294 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
)
11296 def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
):
11298 GetBorder(self) -> int
11300 Get the border value for this item.
11302 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
)
11304 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11306 GetWindow(self) -> Window
11308 Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11310 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11312 def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11314 SetWindow(self, Window window)
11316 Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11318 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11320 def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11322 GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11324 Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11326 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11328 def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11330 SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11332 Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11334 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11336 def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11338 GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11340 Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11342 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11344 def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11346 SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11348 Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11350 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11352 def Show(*args
, **kwargs
):
11354 Show(self, bool show)
11356 Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11357 is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11358 window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11360 return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
)
11362 def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
):
11364 IsShown(self) -> bool
11366 Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11368 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
)
11370 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
11372 GetPosition(self) -> Point
11374 Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11376 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
11378 def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
):
11380 GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11382 Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11385 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
)
11388 class SizerItemPtr(SizerItem
):
11389 def __init__(self
, this
):
11391 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11392 self
.__class
__ = SizerItem
11393 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItemPtr
)
11395 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11397 SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11398 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11400 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11402 val
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11406 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11408 SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11409 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11411 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11413 val
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11417 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11419 SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11420 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11422 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11424 val
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11428 class Sizer(Object
):
11430 wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11431 a window. You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11432 use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11433 `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer`
11434 and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11436 The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11437 layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11438 toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11439 subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11440 get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11441 most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11442 a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11443 this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11444 turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11445 empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11446 constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11447 do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11448 compared to a real window on screen.
11450 What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11451 every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11452 handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11453 sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11454 standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11455 more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11456 sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11458 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
11459 def __repr__(self
):
11460 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11461 def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
11462 """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11463 return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
11465 def Add(*args
, **kwargs
):
11467 Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11468 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11470 Appends a child item to the sizer.
11472 return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
)
11474 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
11476 Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11477 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11479 Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11480 the item at index *before*. See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11482 return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
11484 def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
):
11486 Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11487 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11489 Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11490 this sizer. See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11492 return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
)
11494 def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
):
11496 Remove(self, item) -> bool
11498 Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it. This method does not
11499 cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11500 the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer. The
11501 *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11502 index of an item to remove. Returns True if the child item was found
11505 return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
)
11507 def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
):
11509 Detach(self, item) -> bool
11511 Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it. This method
11512 does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11513 do so. The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11514 zero-based index of the item to be detached. Returns True if the child item
11515 was found and detached.
11517 return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
)
11519 def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11521 GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11523 Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given. The *item*
11524 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11525 the item to be detached.
11527 return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11529 def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11530 """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11531 return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11533 def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
):
11535 SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11537 Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11538 The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11539 zero-based index of the item. If a window or sizer is given then it
11540 will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11543 # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11544 return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
)
11546 return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0])
11548 def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11550 AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11552 Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11554 return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11556 def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11558 InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11560 Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11562 return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11564 def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11566 PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11568 Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11570 return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11572 def AddMany(self
, items
):
11574 AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11575 to a sizer at one time. Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11576 where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11577 would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11580 if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)):
11584 # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11585 def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11586 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11587 return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
)
11588 def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11589 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11590 return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
)
11591 def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11592 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11593 return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
)
11595 def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11596 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11597 return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
)
11598 def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11599 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11600 return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
)
11601 def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11602 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11603 return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
)
11605 def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11606 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11607 return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
)
11608 def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11609 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11610 return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
)
11611 def InsertSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11612 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11613 return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
)
11615 def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11616 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11617 return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
)
11618 def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11619 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11620 return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
)
11621 def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11622 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11623 return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
)
11626 def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
):
11628 SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11630 Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11631 force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11632 the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11635 return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
)
11637 def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11639 SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11641 Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11642 calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11643 need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11644 minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11645 here, depending on which is bigger.
11647 return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11649 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11651 GetSize(self) -> Size
11653 Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11655 return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11657 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
11659 GetPosition(self) -> Point
11661 Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11663 return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
11665 def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11667 GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11669 Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11670 minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11671 set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11673 return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11675 def GetSizeTuple(self
):
11676 return self
.GetSize().Get()
11677 def GetPositionTuple(self
):
11678 return self
.GetPosition().Get()
11679 def GetMinSizeTuple(self
):
11680 return self
.GetMinSize().Get()
11682 def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
):
11686 Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11687 items managed by this sizer. You should not need to call this directly as
11688 it is called by `Layout`.
11690 return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
)
11692 def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
):
11694 CalcMin(self) -> Size
11696 This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11697 children's minimal sizes. You should not need to call this directly as
11698 it is called by `Layout`.
11700 return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
)
11702 def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
):
11706 This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11707 controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11708 sizer. Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11709 EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11710 one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11713 return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
)
11715 def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
):
11717 Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11719 Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11720 size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11721 order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11722 determined by the sizer. Returns the new size.
11724 For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11726 return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
)
11728 def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
):
11730 FitInside(self, Window window)
11732 Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11733 sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11734 window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11735 required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11737 :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11740 return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
)
11742 def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
11744 SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11746 Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11747 match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11748 constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11749 many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11750 to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11751 required by the sizer.
11753 return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
11755 def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
11757 SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11759 Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11760 match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11761 this will set them appropriately.
11763 :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11766 return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
11768 def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
):
11770 Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11772 Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11775 return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
)
11777 def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
):
11779 DeleteWindows(self)
11781 Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11783 return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
)
11785 def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
):
11787 GetChildren(self) -> list
11789 Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11791 return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
)
11793 def Show(*args
, **kwargs
):
11795 Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11797 Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer. To make a sizer item
11798 disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item*
11799 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11800 the item. Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11801 subsizer. Returns True if the item was found.
11803 return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
)
11805 def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
):
11807 IsShown(self, item)
11809 Determines if the item is currently shown. sizer. To make a sizer
11810 item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item*
11811 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11814 return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
)
11816 def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False):
11818 A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11820 return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
)
11822 def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
):
11824 ShowItems(self, bool show)
11826 Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11828 return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
)
11831 class SizerPtr(Sizer
):
11832 def __init__(self
, this
):
11834 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11835 self
.__class
__ = Sizer
11836 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(SizerPtr
)
11838 class PySizer(Sizer
):
11840 wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11841 instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11842 Python derived classes. You would derive from this class if you are
11843 wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code. Simply implement
11844 `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11847 class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11848 def __init__(self):
11849 wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11852 for item in self.GetChildren():
11853 # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11854 # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11855 # layout algorithm.
11857 return wx.Size(width, height)
11859 def RecalcSizes(self):
11860 # find the space allotted to this sizer
11861 pos = self.GetPosition()
11862 size = self.GetSize()
11863 for item in self.GetChildren():
11864 # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11865 # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11866 # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11867 # space alloted to this sizer.
11869 item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11872 When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11873 `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11874 `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11876 :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11880 def __repr__(self
):
11881 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPySizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11882 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
11884 __init__(self) -> PySizer
11886 Creates a wx.PySizer. Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11889 newobj
= _core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11890 self
.this
= newobj
.this
11893 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PySizer
);self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
11895 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
11896 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11897 return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
11900 class PySizerPtr(PySizer
):
11901 def __init__(self
, this
):
11903 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11904 self
.__class
__ = PySizer
11905 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizerPtr
)
11907 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11909 class BoxSizer(Sizer
):
11911 The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11912 laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11913 column or nested hierarchies of either. A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11914 its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11915 parameter passed to the constructor.
11917 def __repr__(self
):
11918 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11919 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
11921 __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11923 Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11924 or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11927 newobj
= _core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11928 self
.this
= newobj
.this
11931 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
11933 def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
11935 GetOrientation(self) -> int
11937 Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11939 return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
11941 def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
11943 SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11945 Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11947 return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
11950 class BoxSizerPtr(BoxSizer
):
11951 def __init__(self
, this
):
11953 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11954 self
.__class
__ = BoxSizer
11955 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizerPtr
)
11957 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11959 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
):
11961 wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11962 `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11963 manages. Note that this static box must be created separately and
11964 passed to the sizer constructor.
11966 def __repr__(self
):
11967 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStaticBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11968 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
11970 __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11972 Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11973 *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11976 newobj
= _core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11977 self
.this
= newobj
.this
11980 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
11982 def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
):
11984 GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11986 Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11988 return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
)
11991 class StaticBoxSizerPtr(StaticBoxSizer
):
11992 def __init__(self
, this
):
11994 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11995 self
.__class
__ = StaticBoxSizer
11996 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizerPtr
)
11998 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12000 class GridSizer(Sizer
):
12002 A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12003 two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size. In other
12004 words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12005 widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12006 height of the tallest item. An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12007 gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12009 Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12010 in row-major order. In other words, the first row is filled first,
12011 then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12012 neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.) If you
12013 need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12014 then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12017 def __repr__(self
):
12018 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12019 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12021 __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12023 Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12024 of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12025 zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12026 the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12027 define extra space between all children.
12029 newobj
= _core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12030 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12033 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12035 def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
):
12037 SetCols(self, int cols)
12039 Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12041 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
)
12043 def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
):
12045 SetRows(self, int rows)
12047 Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12049 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
)
12051 def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12053 SetVGap(self, int gap)
12055 Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12057 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12059 def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12061 SetHGap(self, int gap)
12063 Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12065 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12067 def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
):
12069 GetCols(self) -> int
12071 Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12073 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
)
12075 def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
):
12077 GetRows(self) -> int
12079 Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12081 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
)
12083 def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12085 GetVGap(self) -> int
12087 Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12089 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12091 def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12093 GetHGap(self) -> int
12095 Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12097 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12100 class GridSizerPtr(GridSizer
):
12101 def __init__(self
, this
):
12103 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12104 self
.__class
__ = GridSizer
12105 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizerPtr
)
12107 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12109 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12110 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12111 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12112 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
):
12114 A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12115 two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12116 height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12117 rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12118 the `wx.GridSizer`.
12120 wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12121 unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12122 in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12123 needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12124 flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12125 `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12129 def __repr__(self
):
12130 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFlexGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12131 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12133 __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12135 Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12136 number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12137 is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12138 the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12139 define extra space between all children.
12141 newobj
= _core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12142 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12145 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12147 def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12149 AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12151 Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12152 is extra space available to the sizer.
12154 The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12155 for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12156 columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12158 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12160 def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12162 RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12164 Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12166 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12168 def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12170 AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12172 Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12173 there is extra space available to the sizer.
12175 The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12176 for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12177 columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12179 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12181 def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12183 RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12185 Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12187 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12189 def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
12191 SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12193 Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12194 or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values. Any
12195 other value is ignored.
12197 ============== =======================================
12198 wx.VERTICAL Rows are flexibly sized.
12199 wx.HORIZONTAL Columns are flexibly sized.
12200 wx.BOTH Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12201 (this is the default value).
12202 ============== =======================================
12204 Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12207 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
12209 def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
12211 GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12213 Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12214 flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12216 :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12218 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
12220 def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
12222 SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12224 Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12225 there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12226 previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12228 ========================== =================================================
12229 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12230 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12231 `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12232 case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12233 columns or rows (this is the default value).
12234 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12235 the non flexible direction, whether they are
12236 growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12237 ========================== =================================================
12239 Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12243 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
12245 def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
12247 GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12249 Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12250 non-flexible direction if there is one.
12252 :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12254 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
12256 def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
):
12258 GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12260 Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12263 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
)
12265 def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
):
12267 GetColWidths(self) -> list
12269 Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12270 columns in the sizer.
12272 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
)
12275 class FlexGridSizerPtr(FlexGridSizer
):
12276 def __init__(self
, this
):
12278 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12279 self
.__class
__ = FlexGridSizer
12280 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizerPtr
)
12282 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
):
12284 A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12285 in order to conform to the current platform's standards. You simply
12286 need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12287 buttons using the standard ID's. Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12288 will take care of the rest.
12291 def __repr__(self
):
12292 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStdDialogButtonSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12293 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12294 """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12295 newobj
= _core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12296 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12299 def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12301 AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12303 Use this to add the buttons to this sizer. Do not use the `Add`
12304 method in the base class.
12306 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12308 def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
):
12312 This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12313 to the sizer. It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12316 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
)
12318 def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12319 """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12320 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12322 def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12323 """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12324 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12326 def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12327 """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12328 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12330 def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12331 """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12332 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12334 def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12335 """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12336 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12338 def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12339 """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12340 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12342 def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12343 """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12344 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12346 def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12347 """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12348 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12351 class StdDialogButtonSizerPtr(StdDialogButtonSizer
):
12352 def __init__(self
, this
):
12354 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12355 self
.__class
__ = StdDialogButtonSizer
12356 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizerPtr
)
12358 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12360 class GBPosition(object):
12362 This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12363 rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has
12364 typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12365 integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12366 representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12368 def __repr__(self
):
12369 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBPosition instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12370 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12372 __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12374 This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12375 rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has
12376 typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12377 integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12378 representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12380 newobj
= _core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
12381 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12384 def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12385 """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12386 return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12388 def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12389 """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12390 return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12392 def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12393 """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12394 return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12396 def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12397 """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12398 return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12400 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12401 """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
12402 return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12404 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12405 """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
12406 return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12408 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
12409 """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12410 return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
12412 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
12413 """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12414 return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
12416 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12417 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
12418 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get())
12419 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
12420 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
12421 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
12422 if index
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
)
12423 elif index
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
)
12424 else: raise IndexError
12425 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
12426 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
12427 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get())
12429 row
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
)
12430 col
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
)
12433 class GBPositionPtr(GBPosition
):
12434 def __init__(self
, this
):
12436 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12437 self
.__class
__ = GBPosition
12438 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPositionPtr
)
12440 class GBSpan(object):
12442 This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12443 items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has typemaps that will
12444 automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12445 wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12446 nearly transparently in Python code.
12449 def __repr__(self
):
12450 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSpan instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12451 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12453 __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12455 Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12456 colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12457 cell in each direction.
12459 newobj
= _core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12460 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12463 def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12464 """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12465 return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12467 def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12468 """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12469 return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12471 def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12472 """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12473 return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12475 def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12476 """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12477 return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12479 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12480 """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
12481 return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12483 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12484 """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
12485 return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12487 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
12488 """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12489 return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
12491 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
12492 """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12493 return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
12495 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12496 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
12497 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get())
12498 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
12499 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
12500 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
12501 if index
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
)
12502 elif index
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
)
12503 else: raise IndexError
12504 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
12505 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
12506 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get())
12508 rowspan
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
)
12509 colspan
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
)
12512 class GBSpanPtr(GBSpan
):
12513 def __init__(self
, this
):
12515 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12516 self
.__class
__ = GBSpan
12517 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpanPtr
)
12519 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
):
12521 The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12522 items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12523 and how many rows or columns it spans.
12526 def __repr__(self
):
12527 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12528 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12530 __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12532 Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer
12533 size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12534 item can be used in a Sizer.
12536 You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12537 are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12539 newobj
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
12540 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12543 def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12545 GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12547 Get the grid position of the item
12549 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12551 def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()
12552 def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12554 GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12556 Get the row and column spanning of the item
12558 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12560 def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()
12561 def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12563 SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12565 If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12566 there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12567 position, then set the new position. Returns True if the change is
12568 successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12570 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12572 def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12574 SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12576 If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12577 there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12578 spanning size, then set the new spanning. Returns True if the change
12579 is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12582 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12584 def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
):
12586 Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12588 Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12590 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
)
12592 def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12594 IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12596 Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12598 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12600 def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12602 GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12604 Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12606 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12608 def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12610 GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12612 Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12614 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12616 def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12618 SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12620 Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12622 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12625 class GBSizerItemPtr(GBSizerItem
):
12626 def __init__(self
, this
):
12628 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12629 self
.__class
__ = GBSizerItem
12630 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItemPtr
)
12631 DefaultSpan
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
12633 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12635 GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12636 int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12638 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12640 val
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12644 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12646 GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12647 int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12649 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12651 val
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12655 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12657 GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12658 int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12660 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12662 val
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12666 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
):
12668 A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12669 `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12670 is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12671 than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`. The total size of the
12672 virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12673 positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12676 def __repr__(self
):
12677 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridBagSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12678 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12680 __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12682 Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12685 newobj
= _core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12686 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12689 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12691 def Add(*args
, **kwargs
):
12693 Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12694 int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12696 Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12697 more than one row or column as specified with *span*. The remaining
12698 args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12700 Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12701 position, False if something was already there.
12704 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
)
12706 def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
12708 Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12710 Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`. Returns True if
12711 the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12712 something was already there.
12714 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
12716 def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
12718 GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12720 Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12721 vgap. Only valid after a Layout.
12723 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
12725 def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
12727 GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12729 Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12731 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
12733 def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
12735 SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12737 Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12739 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
12741 def GetItemPosition(*args
):
12743 GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12745 Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12746 window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12749 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
)
12751 def SetItemPosition(*args
):
12753 SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12755 Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12756 window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12757 index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is not
12758 allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12761 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
)
12763 def GetItemSpan(*args
):
12765 GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12767 Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12768 either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12769 zero-based index of an item.
12771 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
)
12773 def SetItemSpan(*args
):
12775 SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12777 Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12778 either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12779 zero-based index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is
12780 not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12782 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
)
12784 def FindItem(*args
):
12786 FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12788 Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12789 not found. (non-recursive)
12791 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
)
12793 def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
12795 FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12797 Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12798 item at that position. (non-recursive)
12800 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
12802 def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
):
12804 FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12806 Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12807 there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12808 to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12809 layout. (non-recursive)
12811 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
12813 def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
):
12815 CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12817 Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12818 given *item*. Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12819 If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12820 intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12824 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
)
12826 def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12828 CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12830 Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12831 given position and span. Returns True if so, False if there would be
12832 no overlap. If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12833 for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12836 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12839 class GridBagSizerPtr(GridBagSizer
):
12840 def __init__(self
, this
):
12842 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12843 self
.__class
__ = GridBagSizer
12844 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizerPtr
)
12846 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12850 Right
= _core_
.Right
12851 Bottom
= _core_
.Bottom
12852 Width
= _core_
.Width
12853 Height
= _core_
.Height
12854 Centre
= _core_
.Centre
12855 Center
= _core_
.Center
12856 CentreX
= _core_
.CentreX
12857 CentreY
= _core_
.CentreY
12858 Unconstrained
= _core_
.Unconstrained
12860 PercentOf
= _core_
.PercentOf
12861 Above
= _core_
.Above
12862 Below
= _core_
.Below
12863 LeftOf
= _core_
.LeftOf
12864 RightOf
= _core_
.RightOf
12865 SameAs
= _core_
.SameAs
12866 Absolute
= _core_
.Absolute
12867 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
):
12869 Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12870 one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12871 You will never need to create an instance of
12872 wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12873 `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12876 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
12877 def __repr__(self
):
12878 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIndividualLayoutConstraint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12879 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
12881 Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12883 Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12884 convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12886 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
12888 def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
):
12890 LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12892 Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12893 optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12896 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
)
12898 def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
):
12900 RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12902 Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12903 optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12906 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
)
12908 def Above(*args
, **kwargs
):
12910 Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12912 Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12913 margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12916 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
)
12918 def Below(*args
, **kwargs
):
12920 Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12922 Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12923 margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12926 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
)
12928 def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
):
12930 SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12932 Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12933 given window, with an optional margin.
12935 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
)
12937 def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
):
12939 PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12941 Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12942 window, with an optional margin.
12944 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
)
12946 def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
):
12948 Absolute(self, int val)
12950 Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12952 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
)
12954 def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
):
12956 Unconstrained(self)
12958 Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12959 other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12961 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
)
12963 def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
):
12967 Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12968 the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12969 the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12970 when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12971 size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12974 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
)
12976 def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12977 """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12978 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12980 def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
12981 """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12982 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
12984 def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
12985 """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12986 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
12988 def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
):
12989 """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12990 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
)
12992 def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
):
12993 """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12994 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
)
12996 def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
):
12997 """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12998 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
)
13000 def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
):
13001 """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13002 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
)
13004 def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
):
13005 """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13006 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
)
13008 def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
13009 """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13010 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
13012 def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
):
13013 """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13014 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
)
13016 def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
):
13017 """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13018 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
)
13020 def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
):
13021 """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13022 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
)
13024 def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
):
13025 """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13026 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
)
13028 def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
):
13030 ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13032 Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13034 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
)
13036 def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
):
13038 SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13040 Try to satisfy constraint
13042 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
)
13044 def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
13046 GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13048 Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13049 is not determinable, -1.
13051 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
13054 class IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr(IndividualLayoutConstraint
):
13055 def __init__(self
, this
):
13057 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
13058 self
.__class
__ = IndividualLayoutConstraint
13059 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr
)
13061 class LayoutConstraints(Object
):
13063 **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13066 Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13067 layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13069 The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13070 wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13071 directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13073 * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13074 * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13075 * top: represents the top edge of the window
13076 * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13077 * width: represents the width of the window
13078 * height: represents the height of the window
13079 * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13080 * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13082 Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13083 wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13084 looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13085 which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13086 constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13087 compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13088 the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13090 :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13093 def __repr__(self
):
13094 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxLayoutConstraints instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
13095 left
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
)
13096 top
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
)
13097 right
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
)
13098 bottom
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
)
13099 width
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
)
13100 height
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
)
13101 centreX
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
)
13102 centreY
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
)
13103 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
13104 """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13105 newobj
= _core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
13106 self
.this
= newobj
.this
13109 def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
):
13110 """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13111 return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
13113 def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
):
13114 """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13115 return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
)
13118 class LayoutConstraintsPtr(LayoutConstraints
):
13119 def __init__(self
, this
):
13121 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
13122 self
.__class
__ = LayoutConstraints
13123 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraintsPtr
)
13125 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13127 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13131 __builtins__
.True = 1==1
13132 __builtins__
.False = 1==0
13133 def bool(value
): return not not value
13134 __builtins__
.bool = bool
13138 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13139 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95'] = 'wxGauge'
13140 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95'] = 'wxSlider'
13141 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95'] = 'wxStatusBar'
13144 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13145 # Load version numbers from __version__... Ensure that major and minor
13146 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13148 from __version__
import *
13149 __version__
= VERSION_STRING
13151 assert MAJOR_VERSION
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13152 assert MINOR_VERSION
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13153 if RELEASE_VERSION
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
:
13155 warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13157 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13159 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13160 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed. (We
13161 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13162 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13164 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13165 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets. Please be
13166 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13167 # slightly different on different platforms. For example, please see
13168 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13169 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13171 default
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding()
13172 if default
== 'ascii':
13176 default
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13177 codecs
.lookup(default
)
13178 except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13179 default
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding()
13183 wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
)
13186 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13188 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13191 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13193 Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13194 changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted. This should help
13195 prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13197 reprStr
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13198 attrStr
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13200 def __repr__(self
):
13201 if not hasattr(self
, "_name"):
13202 self
._name
= "[unknown]"
13203 return self
.reprStr
% self
._name
13205 def __getattr__(self
, *args
):
13206 if not hasattr(self
, "_name"):
13207 self
._name
= "[unknown]"
13208 raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr
% self
._name
)
13210 def __nonzero__(self
):
13215 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13218 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13220 Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13221 imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13222 object is created and initialized. These object instances will
13223 temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13224 exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13228 reprStr
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13229 attrStr
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13231 def __repr__(self
):
13232 #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13233 # self._name = "[unknown]"
13234 return self
.reprStr
#% self._name
13236 def __getattr__(self
, *args
):
13237 #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13238 # self._name = "[unknown]"
13239 raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name )
13241 def __nonzero__(self
):
13245 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13247 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
):
13249 Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13250 handlers have been completed. This is also good for making GUI
13251 method calls from non-GUI threads. Any extra positional or
13252 keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13254 :see: `wx.FutureCall`
13257 assert app
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13259 if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"):
13260 app
._CallAfterId
= wx
.NewEventType()
13261 app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
,
13262 lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) )
13264 evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
)
13265 evt
.callable = callable
13268 wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
)
13270 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13275 A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13276 object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13277 positional or keyword args. The return value of the callable is
13278 availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13280 If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13281 then there is no need to hold a reference to this object. It will
13282 hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13283 has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13284 the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
13287 :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13289 def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
):
13290 self
.millis
= millis
13291 self
.callable = callable
13292 self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
)
13294 self
.running
= False
13295 self
.hasRun
= False
13304 def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
):
13306 (Re)start the timer
13308 self
.hasRun
= False
13309 if millis
is not None:
13310 self
.millis
= millis
13312 self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
)
13314 self
.timer
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
)
13315 self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
)
13316 self
.running
= True
13322 Stop and destroy the timer.
13324 if self
.timer
is not None:
13329 def GetInterval(self
):
13330 if self
.timer
is not None:
13331 return self
.timer
.GetInterval()
13336 def IsRunning(self
):
13337 return self
.timer
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning()
13340 def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
13342 (Re)set the args passed to the callable object. This is
13343 useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13344 new call to the same callable object but with different
13348 self
.kwargs
= kwargs
13354 def GetResult(self
):
13359 The timer has expired so call the callable.
13361 if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True):
13363 self
.running
= False
13364 self
.result
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
)
13366 if not self
.running
:
13367 # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13368 wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
)
13372 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13373 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13374 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13375 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13376 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13377 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13378 # where they should be used.
13382 A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13383 fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13385 def __init__(self
, globals):
13386 self
._globals
= globals
13388 def __call__(self
, name
):
13390 obj
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None)
13391 if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]:
13393 if name
.startswith('_') or name
.endswith('Ptr') or name
.startswith('EVT'):
13397 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13398 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13400 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13401 # "core" wx namespace
13403 from _windows
import *
13404 from _controls
import *
13405 from _misc
import *
13408 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet. (They will be
13409 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.)
13410 _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
()
13412 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13413 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------